WO2015045387A1 - Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery - Google Patents
Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2015045387A1 WO2015045387A1 PCT/JP2014/004911 JP2014004911W WO2015045387A1 WO 2015045387 A1 WO2015045387 A1 WO 2015045387A1 JP 2014004911 W JP2014004911 W JP 2014004911W WO 2015045387 A1 WO2015045387 A1 WO 2015045387A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- substituent
- substituted
- group
- secondary battery
- electrolytic solution
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/58—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic compounds other than oxides or hydroxides, e.g. sulfides, selenides, tellurides, halogenides or LiCoFy; of polyanionic structures, e.g. phosphates, silicates or borates
- H01M4/583—Carbonaceous material, e.g. graphite-intercalation compounds or CFx
- H01M4/587—Carbonaceous material, e.g. graphite-intercalation compounds or CFx for inserting or intercalating light metals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/052—Li-accumulators
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/056—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte characterised by the materials used as electrolytes, e.g. mixed inorganic/organic electrolytes
- H01M10/0564—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte characterised by the materials used as electrolytes, e.g. mixed inorganic/organic electrolytes the electrolyte being constituted of organic materials only
- H01M10/0566—Liquid materials
- H01M10/0568—Liquid materials characterised by the solutes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/056—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte characterised by the materials used as electrolytes, e.g. mixed inorganic/organic electrolytes
- H01M10/0564—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte characterised by the materials used as electrolytes, e.g. mixed inorganic/organic electrolytes the electrolyte being constituted of organic materials only
- H01M10/0566—Liquid materials
- H01M10/0569—Liquid materials characterised by the solvents
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/48—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides
- H01M4/485—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of mixed oxides or hydroxides for inserting or intercalating light metals, e.g. LiTi2O4 or LiTi2OxFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/056—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte characterised by the materials used as electrolytes, e.g. mixed inorganic/organic electrolytes
- H01M10/0564—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte characterised by the materials used as electrolytes, e.g. mixed inorganic/organic electrolytes the electrolyte being constituted of organic materials only
- H01M10/0566—Liquid materials
- H01M10/0567—Liquid materials characterised by the additives
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M2004/026—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material characterised by the polarity
- H01M2004/027—Negative electrodes
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E60/00—Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
- Y02E60/10—Energy storage using batteries
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery such as a lithium ion secondary battery.
- a lithium ion secondary battery is a secondary battery with high charge / discharge capacity and high output.
- secondary batteries that are mainly used as power sources for portable electronic devices, notebook computers, and electric vehicles.
- it is necessary to charge and discharge with a large current, and development of a secondary battery having high rate characteristics capable of high-speed charging and discharging is required.
- the lithium ion secondary battery has active materials capable of inserting and extracting lithium (Li) in the positive electrode and the negative electrode, respectively. Then, the lithium ion moves through the electrolytic solution sealed between the two electrodes. In order to increase the rate, it is necessary to improve the active material and binder used in the positive electrode and / or the negative electrode, and improve the electrolytic solution.
- Carbon materials such as graphite are widely used as negative electrode active materials for lithium ion secondary batteries.
- a non-aqueous carbonate solvent such as a cyclic ester or a chain ester is used for the electrolytic solution.
- carbonate-based solvent it has been difficult to significantly improve the rate characteristics. That is, as described in Non-Patent Documents 1 to 3 below, carbonate-based solvents such as ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate have a large activation barrier for electrode reaction. Review of the solvent composition is required.
- the present invention has been made in view of the above-described circumstances, and a main problem to be solved is to improve battery characteristics by an optimal combination of an electrolytic solution and a negative electrode active material.
- the organic solvent contains a salt having alkali metal, alkaline earth metal or aluminum as a cation and an organic solvent having a hetero element, and the peak intensity derived from the organic solvent in a vibrational spectroscopic spectrum.
- the “electrolytic solution with Is> Io” may be referred to as the “electrolytic solution of the present invention”.
- the feature of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1) of the present invention that solves the above problems is that the electrolyte solution of the present invention described above and the G / D ratio, which is the ratio of the peak of G-band and D-band in the Raman spectrum. And a negative electrode having a negative electrode active material layer containing graphite of 3.5 or more.
- the “G / D ratio is 3.5 or more” in the present invention means that either the area ratio or the height ratio of the G-band and D-band peaks in the Raman spectrum is 3.5 or more. In particular, the height ratio of the peak is 3.5 or more.
- a feature of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (3) of the present invention that solves the above problems is that it comprises the above-described electrolytic solution of the present invention and a negative electrode containing a silicon element and / or a tin element in the negative electrode active material. It is in.
- the characteristics of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (4) of the present invention that solves the above problems are the above-described electrolytic solution of the present invention, a negative electrode containing a metal oxide capable of inserting and extracting lithium ions as a negative electrode active material, It is in having.
- the feature of the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery (5) of the present invention that solves the above problems is that the above-described electrolytic solution of the present invention and the ratio of the major axis to the minor axis (major axis / minor axis) are 1 to 5. And a negative electrode having a negative electrode active material layer containing graphite.
- nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention battery characteristics are improved.
- 3 is a graph showing a cyclic voltamentary (CV) of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-1.
- 3 is a graph showing a cyclic voltamentary (CV) of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-2.
- 4 is a graph showing a cyclic voltamentary (CV) of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-3.
- 6 is a graph showing a cyclic voltamentary (CV) of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-1.
- 6 is a graph showing a cyclic voltamentary (CV) of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-2.
- 6 is a graph showing a cyclic voltamentary (CV) of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-3.
- 6 is a graph showing a cyclic voltamentary (CV) of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-4.
- 6 is a graph showing a cyclic voltamentary (CV) of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-5.
- 7 is a graph showing a cyclic voltamentary (CV) of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-6.
- 7 is a graph showing a cyclic voltamentary (CV) of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-7.
- 6 is a DSC chart of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-5 and the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-8.
- 6 is a DSC chart of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-6 and the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-8.
- 6 is a graph showing the relationship between the number of cycles and the current capacity ratio of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-1 and the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-1.
- 6 is a charge / discharge curve of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery in Example 1-8.
- FIG. 6 is a charge / discharge curve of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-9.
- FIG. 3 is a charge / discharge curve of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery in Example 1-10.
- 3 is a charge / discharge curve of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery in Example 1-11.
- 10 is a charge / discharge curve of a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery in Comparative Example 1-9.
- 10 is a graph showing a relationship between a current rate and a voltage curve in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-12.
- 6 is a graph showing a relationship between a current rate and a voltage curve in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-4. It is a result of the cycle characteristic of the evaluation example 19.
- the initial charge / discharge curves of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 2-1 and the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-1 are shown.
- 6 is a graph showing the relationship between the number of cycles and the current capacity ratio of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 2-1 and the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-1.
- 3 is a charge / discharge curve of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-2 and Comparative Example 3-2. 3 is a charge / discharge curve of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-3. It is a charging / discharging curve of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1.
- FIG. It is a STEM analysis result about C of the negative electrode S and O containing film
- 44 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.1 to 5.1 V) with respect to EB 12 and a response current in Evaluation Example 37.
- 44 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.1 to 4.6 V) with respect to EB 13 and a response current in Evaluation Example 37.
- 40 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.1 to 5.1 V) with respect to EB 13 and a response current in Evaluation Example 37.
- 44 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.1 to 4.6 V) with respect to EB 14 and a response current in Evaluation Example 37.
- 44 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.1 to 5.1 V) with respect to EB 14 and a response current in Evaluation Example 37.
- 44 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.1 to 4.6 V) with respect to EB 15 and a response current in Evaluation Example 37.
- 44 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.1 to 5.1 V) with respect to EB 15 and a response current in Evaluation Example 37.
- 44 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.1 to 4.6 V) with respect to CB6 and a response current in Evaluation Example 37.
- 44 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.0 to 4.5 V) with respect to EB 13 and a response current in Evaluation Example 37.
- the scale of the vertical axis in FIG. 93 is changed.
- 42 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.0 to 5.0 V) with respect to EB 13 and a response current in Evaluation Example 37.
- the scale of the vertical axis in FIG. 94 is changed.
- 44 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.0 to 4.5 V) with respect to EB16 and a response current in Evaluation Example 37.
- 44 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.0 to 5.0 V) with respect to EB16 and a response current in Evaluation Example 37.
- 44 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.0 to 4.5 V) with respect to CB7 and a response current in Evaluation Example 37.
- 44 is a graph showing a relationship between a potential (3.0 to 5.0 V) and a response current with respect to CB7 in Evaluation Example 37.
- 42 is a DSC chart of EB19 in Evaluation Example 39.
- 42 is a DSC chart of CB10 in Evaluation Example 39.
- the numerical range “a to b” described in this specification includes the lower limit “a” and the upper limit “b”.
- the numerical range can be configured by arbitrarily combining these upper limit value and lower limit value and the numerical values listed in the examples.
- numerical values arbitrarily selected from the numerical value range can be used as upper and lower numerical values.
- the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention is intended to improve battery characteristics by an optimal combination of an electrolytic solution and a negative electrode active material. Therefore, there are no particular limitations on other battery components, such as the positive electrode.
- the charge carrier in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention is not particularly limited.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention may be a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery using lithium as a charge carrier (for example, a lithium secondary battery or a lithium ion secondary battery), or sodium as a charge carrier. It may be a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery (for example, a sodium secondary battery or a sodium ion secondary battery).
- the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1) of the present invention is a main problem that should be solved by improving the rate capacity characteristics and improving the cycle characteristics by an optimal combination of the electrolytic solution and the negative electrode active material. It is.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1) of the present invention includes the electrolyte of the present invention and graphite having a G / D ratio of 3.5 or more, which is a ratio of G-band and D-band peaks in the Raman spectrum.
- a negative electrode having a negative electrode active material layer is a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery having improved rate capacity characteristics and cycle characteristics.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (2) of the present invention is a main problem that should be solved to improve the rate capacity characteristics by an optimal combination of an electrolytic solution and a negative electrode active material.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (2) of the present invention includes the electrolytic solution of the present invention and a negative electrode having a negative electrode active material layer containing a carbon material having a crystallite size of 20 nm or less.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (3) of the present invention uses silicon (Si) or tin (Sn) as the negative electrode active material for the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, and improves the battery characteristics of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery. This is the main problem to be solved.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (3) of the present invention comprises the electrolytic solution of the present invention and a negative electrode containing a silicon element and / or a tin element in the negative electrode active material.
- Such a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery (3) of the present invention has an effect derived from the negative electrode active material by using a negative electrode active material containing silicon and / or tin and carbon together with the electrolytic solution of the present invention. Excellent battery characteristics are achieved through cooperation with the effects derived from the electrolyte.
- the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery (4) of the present invention is a main problem to be solved by providing a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery having a metal oxide as a negative electrode active material and excellent in energy density and charge / discharge efficiency. is there.
- a technique using a metal oxide capable of inserting and extracting lithium ions as a negative electrode active material for a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery is known.
- this kind of metal oxide for example, lithium titanate is known.
- non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using lithium titanate as a negative electrode it is considered that lithium occlusion and release reactions are performed stably, and as a result, deterioration of the active material is also suppressed. That is, it is known that a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using this type of metal oxide as a negative electrode active material is excellent in cycle characteristics. On the other hand, non-aqueous electrolyte secondary batteries using this type of metal oxide as the negative electrode active material have a lower energy density at the negative electrode than non-aqueous electrolyte secondary batteries using carbon-based negative electrode active materials such as graphite. It has been known.
- nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery that uses a metal oxide as a negative electrode active material and has further improved battery characteristics.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (4) of the present invention uses a metal oxide as a negative electrode active material and is excellent in battery characteristics.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (5) of the present invention has the negative electrode active material layer containing the electrolyte of the present invention and graphite having a major axis / minor axis ratio (major axis / minor axis) of 1 to 5.
- a negative electrode is a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery having further improved input / output characteristics. That is, when the electrolytic solution of the present invention is used, the input / output characteristics of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery are improved.
- graphite having a major axis / minor axis ratio (major axis / minor axis) of 1 to 5 is used as the negative electrode active material, so that the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery can be inserted. It is possible to further improve the output characteristics.
- the electrolytic solution of the present invention includes a salt having alkali metal, alkaline earth metal or aluminum as a cation (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “metal salt” or simply “salt”) and an organic solvent having a hetero atom,
- metal salt or simply “salt”
- organic solvent having a hetero atom With respect to the peak intensity derived from the organic solvent in the vibrational spectrum, if the intensity of the peak inherent to the organic solvent is Io and the intensity of the peak obtained by wave number shifting of the peak inherent to the organic solvent is Is, Is> Io.
- the metal salt may be a compound that is usually used as an electrolyte, such as LiClO 4 , LiAsF 6 , LiPF 6 , LiBF 4 , LiAlCl 4 , etc. contained in the battery electrolyte.
- the cation of the metal salt include alkali metals such as lithium, sodium and potassium, alkaline earth metals such as beryllium, magnesium, calcium, strontium and barium, and aluminum.
- the cation of the metal salt is preferably the same metal ion as the charge carrier of the battery using the electrolytic solution.
- the metal salt cation is preferably lithium.
- the chemical structure of the anion of the salt may include at least one element selected from halogen, boron, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur or carbon.
- Specific examples of the chemical structure of an anion containing halogen or boron include ClO 4 , PF 6 , AsF 6 , SbF 6 , TaF 6 , BF 4 , SiF 6 , B (C 6 H 5 ) 4 , and B (oxalate). 2 , Cl, Br, and I.
- the chemical structure of the anion of the salt is preferably a chemical structure represented by the following general formula (1), general formula (2), or general formula (3).
- R 1 is hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent.
- An unsaturated alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, or OCN Is done.
- R 2 represents hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent.
- the R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
- X 2 is, SO 2
- R a , R b , R c , and R d are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent.
- R a , R b , R c , and R d may combine with R 1 or R 2 to form a ring.
- R 3 X 3 Y General formula (2) (R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent.
- An unsaturated alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, or OCN Is done.
- R e and R f are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a group that may be substituted with a substituent.
- R e and R f may combine with R 3 to form a ring.
- Y is selected from O and S.
- R 4 is hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent.
- An unsaturated alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, or OCN Is done.
- R 5 represents hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent.
- the R 6 is hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent.
- any two or three of R 4 , R 5 and R 6 may be bonded to form a ring.
- R g , R h , R i , R j , R k , and R l are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a cycloalkyl that may be substituted with a substituent.
- an unsaturated alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent an unsaturated cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent that is substituted with a substituent
- R g , R h , R i , R j , R k , and R l may combine with R 4 , R 5, or R 6 to form a ring.
- substituents in the phrase “may be substituted with a substituent” include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen, and OH.
- the chemical structure of the salt anion is more preferably a chemical structure represented by the following general formula (4), general formula (5), or general formula (6).
- R 7 and R 8 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e (CN) f (SCN) g (OCN) h .
- R m , R n , R o , and R p are each independently substituted with hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent.
- R m , R n , R o , and R p may combine with R 7 or R 8 to form a ring.
- R q and R r are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a group that may be substituted with a substituent.
- R q and R r may combine with R 9 to form a ring.
- Y is selected from O and S.
- R 10 X 10 (R 11 X 11 ) (R 12 X 12 ) C ...
- R 10 , R 11 , and R 12 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e (CN) f (SCN) g (OCN) h .
- R s , R t , R u , R v , R w , and R x are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a cycloalkyl that may be substituted with a substituent.
- an unsaturated alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent an unsaturated cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent that is substituted with a substituent
- R s , R t , R u , R v , R w , and R x may combine with R 10 , R 11, or R 12 to form a ring.
- n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and particularly preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
- n is preferably an integer of 1 to 8, more preferably an integer of 1 to 7, and particularly preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
- the chemical structure of the salt anion is more preferably represented by the following general formula (7), general formula (8) or general formula (9).
- R 13 SO 2 (R 14 SO 2 ) N...
- R 13 and R 14 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e .
- R 15 SO 3 ...
- R 15 is a C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e.
- R 16 SO 2 (R 17 SO 2 ) (R 18 SO 2 ) C General formula (9)
- R 16 , R 17 , and R 18 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e .
- n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and particularly preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
- n is preferably an integer of 1 to 8, more preferably an integer of 1 to 7, and particularly preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
- the metal salt may be a combination of an appropriate number of cations and anions described above.
- One kind of metal salt may be adopted, or a plurality of kinds may be used in combination.
- Organic solvent having a hetero element an organic solvent in which the hetero element is at least one selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and halogen is preferable, and an organic solvent in which the hetero element is at least one selected from nitrogen or oxygen Is more preferable.
- an aprotic solvent having no proton donating group such as NH group, NH 2 group, OH group, and SH group is preferable.
- organic solvent having a hetero element examples include nitriles such as acetonitrile, propionitrile, acrylonitrile, malononitrile, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1, 2-diethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dioxane, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxane, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolane, 2-methyltetrahydropyran, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, crown Ethers such as ether, carbonates such as ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, dimethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, and ethylmethyl carbonate, formamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolide Amides such as isopropyl isocyanate, n-propyl isocyanate, chloromethyl
- Esters glycidyl methyl ether, epoxy butane, epoxy such as 2-ethyloxirane, oxazole, 2-ethyloxazole, oxazoline, oxazole such as 2-methyl-2-oxazoline, ketone such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone Acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride and propionic anhydride, sulfones such as dimethyl sulfone and sulfolane, sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide, 1-nitropropane and 2-nitrate Nitros such as propane, furans such as furan and furfural, cyclic esters such as ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -valerolactone and ⁇ -valerolactone, aromatic heterocycles such as thiophene and pyridine, tetrahydro-4-pyrone, Examples thereof include heterocyclic rings such as 1-methylpyr
- Examples of the organic solvent having a hetero element include a chain carbonate represented by the following general formula (10).
- n is preferably an integer of 1 to 6, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and particularly preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
- m is preferably an integer of 3 to 8, more preferably an integer of 4 to 7, and particularly preferably an integer of 5 to 6.
- DMC dimethyl carbonate
- DEC diethyl carbonate
- EMC ethylmethyl Carbonate
- a solvent having a relative dielectric constant of 20 or more or a donor ether oxygen is preferable.
- organic solvent include nitriles such as acetonitrile, propionitrile, acrylonitrile, and malononitrile, 2-dimethoxyethane, 1,2-diethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dioxane, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxane, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolane, 2-methyltetrahydropyran And ethers such as 2-methyltetrahydrofuran and crown ether, N, N-dimethylformamide, acetone, dimethyl sulfoxide, and sulfolane.
- acetonitrile hereinafter sometimes referred to as “AN”
- D 1, 2-dimethoxyethane
- organic solvents may be used alone or in combination as an electrolyte.
- the electrolyte solution of the present invention has a peak in which the original peak of the organic solvent is shifted to Io with respect to the peak intensity derived from the organic solvent contained in the electrolyte solution of the present invention in the vibrational spectrum.
- the intensity of the “shift peak” may be Is, where Is> Io. That is, in the vibrational spectroscopic spectrum chart obtained by subjecting the electrolytic solution of the present invention to vibrational spectroscopic measurement, the relationship between the two peak intensities is Is> Io.
- the original peak of the organic solvent means a peak observed at the peak position (wave number) when vibration spectroscopy measurement is performed only on the organic solvent.
- the value of the intensity Io of the original peak of the organic solvent and the value of the intensity Is of the shift peak are the height or area from the baseline of each peak in the vibrational spectrum.
- the relationship when there are a plurality of peaks in which the original peak of the organic solvent is shifted, the relationship may be determined based on the peak for which the relationship between Is and Io is most easily determined.
- an organic solvent that can determine the relationship between Is and Io most easily is selected, an organic solvent that can determine the relationship between Is and Io most easily (the difference between Is and Io is most pronounced) is selected, The relationship between Is and Io may be determined based on the peak intensity.
- peak separation may be performed using known means to determine the relationship between Is and Io.
- the peak of an organic solvent that is most easily coordinated with a cation (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “preferred coordination solvent”) is another. Shift in preference to.
- the mass% of the preferential coordination solvent with respect to the entire organic solvent having a hetero element is preferably 40% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and further preferably 60% or more. 80% or more is particularly preferable.
- the volume% of the preferential coordination solvent with respect to the entire organic solvent having a hetero element is preferably 40% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and 60% or more. Is more preferable, and 80% or more is particularly preferable.
- the relationship between the two peak intensities preferably satisfies the condition of Is> 2 ⁇ Io, more preferably satisfies the condition of Is> 3 ⁇ Io, and particularly preferably satisfies the condition of Is> 5 ⁇ Io.
- an electrolytic solution in which the intensity Io of the peak inherent in the organic solvent is not observed and the intensity Is of the shift peak is observed in the vibrational spectrum of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- the metal salt and the organic solvent (or preferential coordination solvent) having a hetero element have an interaction.
- a metal salt and a hetero element of an organic solvent (or preferential coordination solvent) having a hetero element form a coordination bond
- the organic solvent (or preferential coordinating solvent) having a metal salt and a hetero element ) Is estimated to form a stable cluster. From the results of Examples described later, this cluster is presumed to be formed by coordination of two molecules of an organic solvent (or preferential coordination solvent) having a hetero element with one molecule of a metal salt.
- the molar range of the organic solvent having a hetero element (or preferential coordination solvent) with respect to 1 mol of the metal salt in the electrolytic solution of the present invention is preferably 1.4 mol or more and less than 3.5 mol. More preferably, it is 0.5 mol or more and 3.1 mol or less, and 1.6 mol or more and 3 mol or less are still more preferable.
- the viscosity ⁇ (mPa ⁇ s) of the electrolytic solution of the present invention is preferably in the range of 10 ⁇ ⁇ 500, more preferably in the range of 12 ⁇ ⁇ 400, further preferably in the range of 15 ⁇ ⁇ 300, and 18 ⁇ .
- a range of ⁇ 150 is particularly preferred, and a range of 20 ⁇ ⁇ 140 is most preferred.
- the electrolytic solution of the present invention exhibits excellent ionic conductivity. For this reason, the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of this invention is excellent in a battery characteristic.
- the ionic conductivity ⁇ (mS / cm) of the electrolytic solution of the present invention is preferably 1 ⁇ ⁇ .
- a suitable range including the upper limit when a suitable range including the upper limit is shown, a range of 2 ⁇ ⁇ 200 is preferable, and a range of 3 ⁇ ⁇ 100 is more preferable.
- the range of 4 ⁇ ⁇ 50 is more preferable, and the range of 5 ⁇ ⁇ 35 is particularly preferable.
- the density d (g / cm 3 ) in the electrolytic solution of the present invention is preferably d ⁇ 1.2 or d ⁇ 2.2, more preferably 1.2 ⁇ d ⁇ 2.2.
- a range of 24 ⁇ d ⁇ 2.0 is more preferable, a range of 1.26 ⁇ d ⁇ 1.8 is more preferable, and a range of 1.27 ⁇ d ⁇ 1.6 is particularly preferable.
- the density d (g / cm 3 ) in the electrolytic solution of the present invention means the density at 20 ° C. D / c described below is a value obtained by dividing the above d by the salt concentration c (mol / L).
- d / c is 0.15 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.71, preferably 0.15 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.56, and 0.25 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0. Within the range of .56, more preferably within the range of 0.26 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.50, and particularly preferably within the range of 0.27 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.47.
- D / c in the electrolytic solution of the present invention can be defined even when a metal salt and an organic solvent are specified.
- d / c is preferably within the range of 0.42 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.56, and 0.44 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.52 The range of is more preferable.
- d / c is preferably in the range of 0.35 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.41, and 0.36 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.39. The inside is more preferable.
- d / c is preferably in the range of 0.32 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.46, and in the range of 0.34 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.42. The inside is more preferable.
- d / c is preferably in the range of 0.25 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.48, and in the range of 0.25 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.38.
- the range of 0.25 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.31 is still more preferable, and the range of 0.26 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.29 is still more preferable.
- d / c is preferably in the range of 0.32 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.46, and in the range of 0.34 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.42. The inside is more preferable.
- d / c is preferably in the range of 0.34 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.50, and in the range of 0.37 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.45. The inside is more preferable.
- d / c is preferably in the range of 0.36 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.54, and in the range of 0.39 ⁇ d / c ⁇ 0.48. The inside is more preferable.
- the electrolyte solution of the present invention is different in the environment in which the metal salt and the organic solvent are present, and has a high density. , Improvement in lithium transport number), improvement in the reaction rate between the electrode and the electrolyte solution, relaxation of uneven distribution of the salt concentration of the electrolyte that occurs during high-rate charge / discharge of the battery, and increase in the electric double layer capacity can be expected. Furthermore, in the electrolytic solution of the present invention, since the density is high, the vapor pressure of the organic solvent contained in the electrolytic solution is lowered. As a result, volatilization of the organic solvent from the electrolytic solution of the present invention can be reduced.
- the electrolytic solution of the present invention it is presumed that a cluster is formed by coordination of two molecules of an organic solvent (or a preferential coordination solvent) having a hetero element with one molecule of a metal salt.
- concentration (mol / L) of the electrolytic solution of the invention depends on the molecular weight of each of the metal salt and the organic solvent and the density when the solution is used. Therefore, it is not appropriate to prescribe the concentration of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- Table 1 individually illustrates the concentration (mol / L) of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- the organic solvent that forms the cluster and the organic solvent that is not involved in the formation of the cluster have different environments. Therefore, in vibrational spectroscopy measurement, the peak derived from the organic solvent forming the cluster is higher than the observed wave number of the peak derived from the organic solvent not involved in the cluster formation (original peak of the organic solvent). Or it is observed shifted to the low wavenumber side. That is, the shift peak corresponds to the peak of the organic solvent forming the cluster.
- an IR spectrum or a Raman spectrum can be exemplified.
- the measurement method for IR measurement include transmission measurement methods such as Nujol method and liquid film method, and reflection measurement methods such as ATR method.
- transmission measurement methods such as Nujol method and liquid film method
- reflection measurement methods such as ATR method.
- the vibrational spectroscopic measurement is preferably performed under conditions that can reduce or ignore the influence of moisture in the atmosphere.
- IR measurement may be performed under low or no humidity conditions such as a dry room or a glove box, or Raman measurement may be performed with the electrolytic solution of the present invention in a sealed container.
- LiTFSA is dissolved in an acetonitrile solvent at a concentration of 1 mol / L to obtain an electrolytic solution according to conventional technical common sense. Since 1 L of acetonitrile corresponds to about 19 mol, 1 L of conventional electrolyte includes 1 mol of LiTFSA and 19 mol of acetonitrile. Then, in the conventional electrolyte, there are many acetonitriles that are not solvated with LiTFSA (not coordinated with Li) simultaneously with acetonitrile that is solvated with LiTFSA (coordinated with Li). .
- the acetonitrile molecule is different between the LiTFSA solvated acetonitrile molecule and the LiTFSA non-solvated acetonitrile molecule, in the IR spectrum, the acetonitrile peaks of both are distinguished and observed. Is done. More specifically, the peak of acetonitrile that is not solvated with LiTFSA is observed at the same position (wave number) as in the case of IR measurement of only acetonitrile, but the peak of acetonitrile that is solvated with LiTFSA. Is observed with the peak position (wave number) shifted to the high wave number side.
- the electrolytic solution of the present invention has a higher LiTFSA concentration than the conventional electrolytic solution, and the number of acetonitrile molecules solvated with LiTFSA (forming clusters) in the electrolytic solution is different from that of LiTFSA. More than the number of unsolvated acetonitrile molecules. Then, the relation between the intensity Io of the original peak of the acetonitrile and the intensity Is of the peak obtained by shifting the original peak of acetonitrile in the vibrational spectrum of the electrolytic solution of the present invention is Is> Io.
- Table 2 exemplifies the wave numbers of organic solvents that are considered useful for the calculation of Io and Is and their attribution in the vibrational spectrum of the electrolytic solution of the present invention. It should be added that the wave number of the observed peak may be different from the following wave numbers depending on the measurement apparatus, measurement environment, and measurement conditions of the vibrational spectrum.
- the electrolytic solution of the present invention is different from the conventional electrolytic solution in that the presence environment of the metal salt and the organic solvent is different and the concentration of the metal salt is high, so that the metal ion transport rate in the electrolytic solution is improved (especially metal When Li is lithium, the lithium transport number is improved), the reaction rate between the electrode and the electrolyte solution is improved, the uneven distribution of the salt concentration of the electrolyte solution that occurs during high-rate charge / discharge of the battery, and the electric double layer capacity can be expected to increase . Furthermore, in the electrolytic solution of the present invention, since most of the organic solvent having a hetero element forms a cluster with a metal salt, the vapor pressure of the organic solvent contained in the electrolytic solution is lowered. As a result, volatilization of the organic solvent from the electrolytic solution of the present invention can be reduced.
- the electrolyte of the present invention has a higher viscosity than the conventional battery electrolyte.
- the preferable Li concentration of the electrolytic solution of the present invention is about 2 to 5 times the Li concentration of a general electrolytic solution. Therefore, if it is a battery using the electrolyte solution of this invention, even if a battery is damaged, electrolyte solution leakage is suppressed. Moreover, the capacity
- the uneven distribution of Li concentration in the liquid can be considered. However, it has become clear that the capacity of the secondary battery using the electrolytic solution of the present invention is suitably maintained during high-speed charge / discharge. It is considered that the uneven distribution of Li concentration in the electrolytic solution could be suppressed due to the physical properties of the electrolytic solution of the present invention with high viscosity. In addition, due to the high viscosity of the electrolyte solution of the present invention, the liquid retention of the electrolyte solution at the electrode interface has been improved, and the state where the electrolyte solution is insufficient at the electrode interface (so-called liquid withdrawn state) has been suppressed. The reason is considered.
- the electrolytic solution of the present invention contains a metal salt cation in a high concentration.
- the distance between adjacent cations is extremely short.
- cations such as lithium ions move between the positive electrode and the negative electrode during charge / discharge of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery
- the cations closest to the destination electrode are first supplied to the electrode.
- the other cation adjacent to the said cation moves to the place with the said supplied cation.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention has an S, O-containing film on the electrode (that is, the negative electrode and / or the positive electrode), and the S, O-containing film has an S ⁇ O structure. It is thought to contain many cations. It is considered that cations contained in the S, O-containing film are preferentially supplied to the electrode.
- the cation transport rate is further improved by having an abundant cation source (that is, an S, O-containing film) in the vicinity of the electrode. Therefore, in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention, it is considered that excellent battery characteristics are exhibited by the cooperation of the electrolytic solution of the present invention and the S, O-containing film.
- the method for producing the electrolytic solution of the present invention will be described. Since the electrolytic solution of the present invention has a higher metal salt content than the conventional electrolytic solution, the production method in which an organic solvent is added to a solid (powder) metal salt results in the formation of aggregates. It is difficult to produce an electrolytic solution. Therefore, in the manufacturing method of the electrolyte solution of this invention, it is preferable to manufacture, adding a metal salt gradually with respect to an organic solvent, and maintaining the solution state of electrolyte solution.
- the electrolytic solution of the present invention includes a liquid in which the metal salt is dissolved in the organic solvent beyond the conventionally considered saturation solubility.
- a method for producing an electrolytic solution of the present invention includes a first dissolving step of preparing a first electrolytic solution by mixing an organic solvent having a hetero element and a metal salt, dissolving the metal salt, stirring and / or Alternatively, under heating conditions, the metal salt is added to the first electrolyte solution, the metal salt is dissolved, and a second electrolyte solution in a supersaturated state is prepared; and stirring and / or heating conditions, A third dissolving step of adding the metal salt to the second electrolytic solution, dissolving the metal salt, and preparing a third electrolytic solution;
- the “supersaturated state” refers to a state in which metal salt crystals are precipitated from the electrolyte when the stirring and / or heating conditions are canceled or when crystal nucleation energy such as vibration is applied. Means.
- the second electrolytic solution is “supersaturated”, and the first electrolytic solution and the third electrolytic solution are not “supersaturated”.
- the above-described method for producing the electrolytic solution of the present invention is a thermodynamically stable liquid state, and passes through the first electrolytic solution containing the conventional metal salt concentration, and then the thermodynamically unstable liquid state.
- the second electrolytic solution passes through the two electrolytic solutions and becomes a thermodynamically stable new electrolytic third solution, that is, the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- the third electrolyte solution is composed of, for example, two molecules of an organic solvent for one lithium salt molecule, and a strong distribution between these molecules. It is presumed that the cluster stabilized by the coordinate bond inhibits the crystallization of the lithium salt.
- the first dissolution step is a step of preparing a first electrolytic solution by mixing an organic solvent having a hetero atom and a metal salt to dissolve the metal salt.
- a metal salt may be added to the organic solvent having a heteroatom, or an organic solvent having a heteroatom may be added to the metal salt.
- the first dissolution step is preferably performed under stirring and / or heating conditions. What is necessary is just to set suitably about stirring speed. About heating conditions, it is preferable to control suitably with thermostats, such as a water bath or an oil bath. Since heat of dissolution is generated when the metal salt is dissolved, it is preferable to strictly control the temperature condition when using a metal salt that is unstable to heat. In addition, the organic solvent may be cooled in advance, or the first dissolution step may be performed under cooling conditions.
- the first dissolution step and the second dissolution step may be performed continuously, or the first electrolytic solution obtained in the first dissolution step is temporarily stored (standing), and after a certain time has passed, You may implement a melt
- the second dissolution step is a step of preparing a supersaturated second electrolyte solution by adding a metal salt to the first electrolyte solution under stirring and / or heating conditions to dissolve the metal salt.
- the stirring condition may be achieved, or the second dissolution step is performed using a stirrer and a device (stirrer) that operates the stirrer.
- the stirring condition may be used.
- Heating conditions it is preferable to control suitably with thermostats, such as a water bath or an oil bath.
- thermostats such as a water bath or an oil bath.
- heating here refers to warming a target object to temperature more than normal temperature (25 degreeC).
- the heating temperature is more preferably 30 ° C. or higher, and further preferably 35 ° C. or higher. Further, the heating temperature is preferably lower than the boiling point of the organic solvent.
- the added metal salt is not sufficiently dissolved, increase the stirring speed and / or further heating.
- a small amount of an organic solvent having a hetero atom may be added to the electrolytic solution in the second dissolution step.
- the second dissolution step and the third dissolution step are preferably carried out continuously.
- the third dissolution step is a step of preparing a third electrolyte solution by adding a metal salt to the second electrolyte solution under stirring and / or heating conditions to dissolve the metal salt.
- it is necessary to add a metal salt to the supersaturated second electrolytic solution and dissolve it. Therefore, it is essential to perform the stirring and / or heating conditions as in the second dissolution step. Specific stirring and / or heating conditions are the same as those in the second dissolution step.
- the electrolytic solution of the present invention is composed of, for example, two molecules of an organic solvent for one molecule of a lithium salt, and is presumed to form a cluster stabilized by a strong coordinate bond between these molecules. Is done.
- the first to third dissolving steps can be performed even if the supersaturated state is not passed at the treatment temperature in each dissolving step.
- the electrolytic solution of the present invention can be appropriately produced using the specific dissolution means described in 1.
- a vibrational spectroscopic measurement step of performing vibrational spectroscopic measurement of the electrolytic solution being manufactured for example, a method of sampling a part of each electrolytic solution in the middle of production and using it for vibration spectroscopic measurement, or a method of performing spectroscopic spectroscopic measurement of each electrolytic solution in situ (situ) But it ’s okay.
- the solvent in addition to the organic solvent having a hetero element, the solvent has a low polarity (low dielectric constant) or a low donor number and does not exhibit a special interaction with a metal salt, that is, the present invention.
- a solvent that does not affect the formation and maintenance of the clusters in the electrolyte can be added.
- the solvent that does not exhibit a special interaction with the metal salt include benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, o-xylene, m-xylene, p-xylene, 1-methylnaphthalene, hexane, heptane, and cyclohexane. it can.
- a flame retardant solvent can be added to the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- a flame retardant solvent include halogen solvents such as carbon tetrachloride, tetrachloroethane, and hydrofluoroether, and phosphoric acid derivatives such as trimethyl phosphate and triethyl phosphate.
- the electrolytic solution of the present invention when the electrolytic solution of the present invention is mixed with a polymer or an inorganic filler to form a mixture, the mixture contains the electrolytic solution and becomes a pseudo solid electrolyte.
- the pseudo-solid electrolyte As the battery electrolyte, leakage of the electrolyte in the battery can be suppressed.
- a polymer used for a battery such as a lithium ion secondary battery or a general chemically crosslinked polymer can be employed.
- a polymer that can absorb an electrolyte such as polyvinylidene fluoride and polyhexafluoropropylene and gel can be used, and a polymer such as polyethylene oxide in which an ion conductive group is introduced.
- polymers include polymethyl acrylate, polymethacrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinylidene fluoride, polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol acrylate, polyglycidol, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyhexa Fluoropropylene, polysiloxane, polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol, polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, polyitaconic acid, polyfumaric acid, polycrotonic acid, polyangelic acid, polycarboxylic acids such as carboxymethylcellulose, styrene-butadiene rubber, nitrile-butadiene Rubber, polystyrene, polycarbonate, maleic anhydride and glycols copolymerized Sum polyesters, polyethylene oxide derivative having a substituent, a copolymer of vinylidene fluoride and hexafluoropropylene can be
- Polysaccharides are also suitable as the polymer.
- Specific examples of the polysaccharide include glycogen, cellulose, chitin, agarose, carrageenan, heparin, hyaluronic acid, pectin, amylopectin, xyloglucan, and amylose.
- the inorganic filler is preferably an inorganic ceramic such as oxide or nitride.
- Inorganic ceramics have hydrophilic and hydrophobic functional groups on the surface. Therefore, when the functional group attracts the electrolytic solution, a conductive path can be formed in the inorganic ceramic. Furthermore, the inorganic ceramics dispersed in the electrolytic solution can form a network between the inorganic ceramics by the functional groups and serve to contain the electrolytic solution. With such a function of the inorganic ceramics, it is possible to more suitably suppress the leakage of the electrolytic solution in the battery. In order to suitably exhibit the above functions of the inorganic ceramics, the inorganic ceramics preferably have a particle shape, and particularly preferably have a particle size of nano level.
- the inorganic ceramics include general alumina, silica, titania, zirconia, and lithium phosphate. Further, the inorganic ceramic itself may be lithium conductive, and specifically, Li 3 N, LiI, LiI—Li 3 N—LiOH, LiI—Li 2 S—P 2 O 5 , LiI—Li 2 S —P 2 S 5 , LiI—Li 2 S—B 2 S 3 , Li 2 O—B 2 S 3 , Li 2 O—V 2 O 3 —SiO 2 , Li 2 O—B 2 O 3 —P 2 O 5 , Li 2 O—B 2 O 3 —ZnO, Li 2 O—Al 2 O 3 —TiO 2 —SiO 2 —P 2 O 5 , LiTi 2 (PO 4 ) 3 , Li— ⁇ Al 2 O 3 , LiTaO 3 Can be illustrated.
- Li 3 N LiI, LiI—Li 3 N—LiOH, LiI—Li 2 S—
- Glass ceramics may be employed as the inorganic filler. Since glass ceramics can contain an ionic liquid, the same effect can be expected for the electrolytic solution of the present invention. Glass ceramics include compounds represented by xLi 2 S- (1-x) P 2 S 5 , those obtained by substituting part of S of the compound with other elements, and compounds of P of the compound. An example in which the part is replaced with germanium can be exemplified.
- the electrolytic solution of the present invention described above exhibits excellent ionic conductivity, it is suitably used as an electrolytic solution for power storage devices such as batteries.
- it is preferably used as an electrolyte solution for a secondary battery, and particularly preferably used as an electrolyte solution for a lithium ion secondary battery.
- nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention using the electrolytic solution of the present invention will be described. Unless otherwise specified, it is considered that the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries (1) to (5) of the present invention described above are all explained.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery includes a negative electrode having a negative electrode active material capable of occluding and releasing charge carriers such as lithium ions, a positive electrode having a positive electrode active material capable of occluding and releasing the charge carriers, and the electrolytic solution of the present invention With. Since the electrolytic solution of the present invention employs a lithium salt as a metal salt, it is particularly suitable as an electrolytic solution for a lithium ion secondary battery.
- the negative electrode has a current collector and a negative electrode active material layer bound to the current collector surface.
- the current collector refers to a chemically inert electronic high conductor that keeps a current flowing through an electrode during discharge or charging of a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery.
- As the current collector at least one selected from silver, copper, gold, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, zinc, nickel, iron, platinum, tin, indium, titanium, ruthenium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, and stainless steel Metal materials can be exemplified.
- the current collector may be covered with a known protective layer. What collected the surface of the electrical power collector by the well-known method may be used as an electrical power collector.
- the current collector can take the form of a foil, a sheet, a film, a linear shape, a rod shape, a mesh, or the like. Therefore, metal foils, such as copper foil, nickel foil, stainless steel foil, can be used suitably as a collector, for example.
- the thickness is preferably in the range of 1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m.
- the negative electrode active material layer includes a negative electrode active material and generally a binder. Furthermore, you may contain a conductive support agent as needed.
- the negative electrode active material in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1) contains graphite having a G / D ratio of 3.5 or more.
- the G / D ratio is the ratio of the G-band and D-band peaks in the Raman spectrum.
- each peak appears in the G-band (1590cm -1 vicinity) and D-band (1350cm around -1), G-band 'is derived from the graphite structure, D-band' is to be attributed to a defect . Therefore, the higher the G / D ratio, which is the ratio of G-band to D-band, means that the graphite has fewer defects and higher crystallinity.
- graphite having a G / D ratio of 3.5 or more may be referred to as high crystalline graphite
- graphite having a G / D ratio of less than 3.5 may be referred to as low crystalline graphite.
- graphite either natural graphite or artificial graphite can be used.
- scaly graphite spherical graphite, massive graphite, earthy graphite, and the like can be used.
- coated graphite whose surface is coated with a carbon material or the like can be used.
- the negative electrode active material may be mainly high crystalline graphite having a G / D ratio of 3.5 or more, and may contain low crystalline graphite or amorphous carbon.
- the negative electrode active material in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (2) includes a carbon material having a crystallite size of 20 nm or less.
- a larger crystallite size means that the atoms are arranged periodically and accurately according to a certain rule.
- a carbon material having a crystallite size of 20 nm or less has poor periodicity and accuracy.
- the size of the graphite crystal is 20 nm or less, or due to the influence of strain, defects, impurities, etc., the regularity of the arrangement of the atoms constituting the graphite becomes poor.
- the size is 20 nm or less.
- the carbon material having a crystallite size of 20 nm or less is typically hard carbon or soft carbon, but the “carbon material having a crystallite size of 20 nm or less” in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (2) of the present invention is It is not limited to.
- an X-ray diffraction method using CuK ⁇ rays as an X-ray source may be used.
- L 0.94 ⁇ / ( ⁇ cos ⁇ ) here, L: Crystallite size ⁇ : Incident X-ray wavelength (1.54 mm) ⁇ : half width of peak (radian) ⁇ : Diffraction angle
- Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (3) contains a silicon element and / or a tin element. Silicon and tin are known to be negative electrode active materials that can greatly improve the capacity of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery. Silicon and tin belong to group 14 elements. Since these simple substances can occlude and release a large number of charge carriers (lithium ions, etc.) per unit volume (mass), they become high-capacity negative electrode active materials. However, on the other hand, non-aqueous electrolyte secondary batteries using these as negative electrode active materials have relatively poor rate characteristics.
- a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using carbon as a negative electrode active material has excellent rate characteristics. Therefore, by using both of them as the negative electrode active material, the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery can have a high capacity, and excellent rate characteristics can be imparted to the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery.
- Silicon has a large theoretical capacity when used as a negative electrode active material, but has a large volume change during charge and discharge. Therefore, as the negative electrode active material containing silicon element, it is particularly preferable to use SiO x (0.3 ⁇ x ⁇ 1.6) disproportionated into two phases of a Si phase and a silicon oxide phase.
- the Si phase in SiO x can occlude and release lithium ions. This Si phase undergoes volume change (that is, expansion and contraction) as lithium ions are occluded and released.
- Silicon oxide phase consists of SiO 2 or the like, the volume change due to charging and discharging as compared with Si phase is small.
- SiO x as the negative electrode active material realizes a high capacity by the Si phase and suppresses the volume change of the entire negative electrode active material (or the negative electrode) by having the silicon oxide phase. If x is less than the lower limit, the Si ratio becomes excessive, so that the volume change at the time of charging / discharging becomes too large and the cycle characteristics deteriorate. On the other hand, when x exceeds the upper limit value, the Si ratio becomes too small and the energy density decreases.
- the range of x is more preferably 0.5 ⁇ x ⁇ 1.5, and further preferably 0.7 ⁇ x ⁇ 1.2.
- the alloying reaction by the silicon element contained in the lithium element and Si phase is believed to occur during charge and discharge of a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery. And it is thought that this alloying reaction contributes to charging / discharging of a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (in this case, a lithium ion secondary battery). Similarly, it is considered that a negative electrode active material containing a tin element described later can be charged and discharged by an alloying reaction between a tin element and a lithium element.
- Examples of the negative electrode active material containing tin element include Sn alone, tin alloy (Cu—Sn alloy, Co—Sn alloy), amorphous tin oxide, tin silicon oxide, and the like. Among them, the amorphous tin oxide SnB 0.4 P 0.6 O 3.1 is exemplified. The Suzukei containing oxide SnSiO 3 is illustrated.
- the negative electrode active material containing silicon element and the negative electrode active material containing tin element can be combined with a material containing carbon element (carbon material).
- a carbon material such as graphite is a material with less volume change at the time of charging / discharging as compared with a silicon simple substance or a tin simple substance. Therefore, by combining a negative electrode active material containing silicon element and a negative electrode active material containing tin element with such a carbon material, damage of the negative electrode due to volume change during charging and discharging can be suppressed. Durability is improved. As a result, the cycle characteristics of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery are improved.
- the composite of the negative electrode active material containing silicon element and / or the negative electrode active material containing tin element and the carbon material may be performed by a known method.
- the carbon material to be combined with the negative electrode active material containing silicon element and / or the negative electrode active material containing tin element graphite, hard carbon (non-graphitizable carbon), soft carbon (graphitizable carbon), etc. are preferable. Can be used.
- the particle diameter of graphite is not particularly limited, whether natural or artificial.
- the negative electrode active material in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (4) contains a metal oxide that can occlude and release lithium ions.
- a metal oxide that can occlude and release lithium ions.
- titanium oxide such as TiO 2
- lithium titanium oxide lithium titanium oxide
- tungsten oxide such as WO 3
- amorphous tin oxide tin silicon oxide, and the like.
- lithium titanium oxide includes spinel lithium titanate (for example, Li 4 + x Ti 5 + y O 12 (x is ⁇ 1 ⁇ x ⁇ 4, y is ⁇ 1 ⁇ y ⁇ 1)), ramsdellite structure.
- examples thereof include lithium titanate (for example, Li 2 Ti 3 O 7 ).
- An example of the amorphous tin oxide is SnB 0.4 P 0.6 O 3.1 .
- the Suzukei containing oxide SnSiO 3 is illustrated. Among these, it is particularly preferable to use spinel lithium titanate. More specifically, Li 4 Ti 5 O 12 is used.
- a lithium ion secondary battery using lithium titanate as a negative electrode it is considered that the lithium occlusion and release reactions are performed stably, and as a result, the deterioration of the active material is also suppressed. . That is, it is known that a lithium ion secondary battery using such a metal compound as a negative electrode active material is excellent in cycle characteristics.
- the metal oxide in combination with the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention using the electrolytic solution of the present invention the excellent battery characteristics derived from the electrolytic solution of the present invention and the excellent cycle characteristics are compatible. A water electrolyte secondary battery can be obtained.
- the negative electrode active material in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (5) includes graphite having a major axis / minor axis ratio (major axis / minor axis) of 1 to 5.
- Typical graphite having a major axis / minor axis ratio (major axis / minor axis) of 1 to 5 includes spherical graphite, MCMB (mesocarbon microbeads), and the like.
- Spherical graphite is a carbon material such as artificial graphite, natural graphite, graphitizable carbon, and non-graphitizable carbon, and has a spherical shape or a substantially spherical shape.
- the spherical graphite particles are obtained by collecting the flakes and compressing them into a spherical shape while pulverizing the raw graphite with an impact pulverizer having a relatively small crushing force.
- an impact pulverizer having a relatively small crushing force.
- a hammer mill or a pin mill can be used as the impact pulverizer.
- the outer peripheral linear velocity of the rotating hammer or pin is preferably about 50 to 200 m / sec.
- the degree of spheroidization of graphite particles can be expressed by the ratio of the major axis to the minor axis of the particle (major axis / minor axis: hereinafter referred to as aspect ratio). That is, in an arbitrary cross section of the graphite particles, when the axis having the maximum aspect ratio is selected from the axes orthogonal to the center of gravity, the closer the aspect ratio is to 1, the closer to the true sphere. By the spheroidization treatment, the aspect ratio can be easily reduced to 5 or less (1 to 5). Further, if the spheroidization treatment is sufficiently performed, the aspect ratio can be made 3 or less (1 to 3).
- the graphite used in the present invention has a particle aspect ratio of 1 to 5.
- the aspect ratio is 1 or less, so that the diffusion path of the electrolytic solution in the negative electrode active material layer is shortened, so that the resistance component due to the electrolytic solution can be reduced, so that the input / output can be improved.
- the aspect ratio is 1, the graphite has a shape closest to a true sphere, and the electrolyte solution diffusion path can be shortened to the shortest.
- the ratio [I (110) / I (004)] of diffraction intensity derived from a crystal plane different from the basal plane such as I (110) is included, and how much flat graphite is included.
- the graphite used in the present invention is preferably in a range where I (110) / I (004) is 0.03 to 1.
- the graphite particles preferably have a BET specific surface area in the range of 0.5 to 15 m 3 / g. If the BET specific surface area exceeds 15 m 3 / g, the side reaction with the electrolytic solution tends to accelerate, and if it is less than 0.5 m 3 / g, the reaction resistance increases and the input / output may decrease.
- the negative electrode active material is mainly graphite having an aspect ratio of 1 to 5, it can also contain graphite or amorphous carbon having an aspect ratio outside this range.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1) to the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (5) of the present invention occlude charge carriers in addition to the characteristic negative electrode active material that can be used for each nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery described above. And other negative electrode active materials that can be released.
- the other negative electrode active material is referred to as a sub negative electrode active material as necessary.
- the characteristic negative electrode active material in each of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of the present invention is referred to as a main negative electrode active material.
- the secondary negative electrode active material may be capable of occluding and releasing charge carriers, that is, lithium ions.
- elemental elements that can be used as the secondary negative electrode active material include group 14 elements such as Li, carbon, silicon, germanium, and tin, group 13 elements such as aluminum and indium, group 12 elements such as zinc and cadmium, antimony, A group 15 element such as bismuth, an alkaline earth metal such as magnesium or calcium, and a group 11 element such as silver or gold may be employed alone.
- the sub-negative electrode active material when silicon or the like is employed as the sub-negative electrode active material, one silicon atom reacts with a plurality of lithiums, so that a high-capacity active material is obtained. However, volume expansion and contraction due to insertion and extraction of lithium become significant. Such a problem may occur.
- the alloy or compound include tin-based materials such as Ag—Sn alloy, Cu—Sn alloy and Co—Sn alloy, carbon-based materials such as various graphites, SiO x (disproportionated to silicon simple substance and silicon dioxide).
- Examples thereof include silicon-based materials such as 0.3 ⁇ x ⁇ 1.6), silicon alone, or composites obtained by combining silicon-based materials and carbon-based materials.
- any one of the above-described sub-negative electrode active materials is used in combination with the metal oxide as the main negative electrode active material, so that non-metal oxide is used in comparison with the case where the metal oxide is used alone.
- the capacity of the water electrolyte secondary battery can be further increased.
- the main negative electrode active material and the sub negative electrode active material are used in combination, the main component of the negative electrode active material may be the main negative electrode active material.
- the main negative electrode active material preferably occupies 50% by mass or more of the entire negative electrode active material, and more preferably 80% by mass or more.
- the metal oxide negative electrode active material described above is selected from titanium oxide, lithium titanium oxide, tungsten oxide, amorphous tin oxide, and tin silicon oxide. At least one kind is a main component.
- a main component here means that the applicable component is contained 50 mass% or more of the reference population.
- the main components that is, titanium oxide, lithium titanium oxide, tungsten oxide, amorphous tin oxide, tin silicon oxide 50% by mass or more
- the negative electrode can contain other inevitable ingredients.
- Inevitable inclusions include, for example, Li, Fe, Cr, Cu, Zn, Ca, Mg, S, Si, Na, K, Al, Zr, Ti, P, Ga, Ge, V, Mo, Nb, W, La
- the at least 1 element chosen from can be illustrated.
- the binder plays a role of connecting the active material and the conductive additive to the surface of the current collector.
- binder examples include fluorine-containing resins such as polyvinylidene fluoride, polytetrafluoroethylene, and fluororubber, thermoplastic resins such as polypropylene and polyethylene, imide resins such as polyimide and polyamideimide, alkoxysilyl group-containing resins, polyacrylic acid ( Examples thereof include polymers having hydrophilic groups such as PAA) and carboxymethylcellulose (CMC).
- a conductive additive contained in the negative electrode active material layer as necessary is added to increase the conductivity of the electrode. Therefore, the conductive auxiliary agent may be added arbitrarily when the electrode conductivity is insufficient, and may not be added when the electrode conductivity is sufficiently excellent.
- the conductive auxiliary agent may be any chemically inert electronic high conductor, such as carbon black, graphite, acetylene black, ketjen black (registered trademark), vapor grown carbon fiber (Vapor Growth), which are carbonaceous fine particles. Carbon Fiber (VGCF) is exemplified. These conductive assistants can be added to the active material layer alone or in combination of two or more.
- a negative electrode active material powder In order to produce a negative electrode of a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery, a negative electrode active material powder, a conductive auxiliary agent such as carbon powder, a binder, and an appropriate amount of solvent mixed to form a slurry, a roll coating method, It can be produced by applying on a current collector by a method such as a dip coating method, a doctor blade method, a spray coating method, or a curtain coating method, and drying or curing the binder.
- the solvent include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, methanol, methyl isobutyl ketone, and water.
- the dried product In order to increase the electrode density, the dried product may be compressed.
- a positive electrode used for a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery has a positive electrode active material that can occlude and release charge carriers.
- the positive electrode has a current collector and a positive electrode active material layer bound to the surface of the current collector.
- the positive electrode active material layer includes a positive electrode active material and, if necessary, a binder and / or a conductive aid.
- the positive electrode current collector is not particularly limited as long as it is a metal that can withstand a voltage suitable for the active material to be used.
- non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention is a lithium ion secondary battery and the potential of the positive electrode is set to 4 V or more with respect to lithium, it is preferable to employ an aluminum current collector.
- the electrolyte of the present invention hardly corrodes the aluminum current collector. That is, it is considered that the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the electrolytic solution of the present invention and using the aluminum current collector for the positive electrode hardly causes elution of Al even at a high potential. Although it is not clear why the elution of Al is unlikely to occur, the electrolytic solution of the present invention differs from the conventional electrolytic solution in the types of metal salt and organic solvent, the existing environment, and the metal salt concentration. For this reason, it is estimated that the solubility of Al in the electrolytic solution of the present invention may be lower than that of the conventional electrolytic solution.
- the positive electrode current collector is preferably made of aluminum or an aluminum alloy.
- aluminum refers to pure aluminum, and aluminum having a purity of 99.0% or more is referred to as pure aluminum.
- An alloy obtained by adding various elements to pure aluminum is referred to as an aluminum alloy. Examples of the aluminum alloy include Al—Cu, Al—Mn, Al—Fe, Al—Si, Al—Mg, Al—Mg—Si, and Al—Zn—Mg.
- A1000 series alloys pure aluminum series
- A3000 series alloys Al-Mn series
- A8000-based alloy Al-Fe-based
- the current collector may be covered with a known protective layer. What collected the surface of the electrical power collector by the well-known method may be used as an electrical power collector.
- the current collector can take the form of a foil, a sheet, a film, a linear shape, a rod shape, a mesh, or the like. Therefore, for example, a metal foil such as a copper foil, a nickel foil, an aluminum foil, and a stainless steel foil can be suitably used as the current collector.
- a metal foil such as a copper foil, a nickel foil, an aluminum foil, and a stainless steel foil can be suitably used as the current collector.
- the thickness is preferably in the range of 1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m.
- the binder for the positive electrode and the conductive additive are the same as those described for the negative electrode.
- a positive electrode active material a solid solution composed of a spinel such as LiMn 2 O 4 and a mixture of a spinel and a layered compound, LiMPO 4 , LiMVO 4 or Li 2 MSiO 4 (wherein M is Co, Ni, Mn, And a polyanionic compound represented by (selected from at least one of Fe).
- a spinel such as LiMn 2 O 4 and a mixture of a spinel and a layered compound, LiMPO 4 , LiMVO 4 or Li 2 MSiO 4 (wherein M is Co, Ni, Mn, And a polyanionic compound represented by (selected from at least one of Fe).
- tavorite compound (the M a transition metal) LiMPO 4 F, such as LiFePO 4 F represented by, Limbo 3 such LiFeBO 3 (M is a transition metal)
- LiMPO 4 F such as LiFePO 4 F represented by, Limbo 3 such LiFeBO 3 (M is a transition metal)
- Any metal oxide used as the positive electrode active material may have the above composition formula as a basic composition, and a metal element included in the basic composition may be substituted with another metal element.
- a positive electrode active material that does not include a charge carrier that contributes to charge / discharge can also be used.
- a positive electrode active material that does not include a charge carrier that contributes to charge / discharge can also be used.
- S sulfur alone
- metal sulfides such as TiS 2 , oxides such as V 2 O 5 and MnO 2 , polyaniline and anthraquinone, and these
- a compound containing an aromatic in the chemical structure a conjugated material such as a conjugated diacetate-based organic substance, or other known materials can be used as the positive electrode active material.
- a compound having a stable radical such as nitroxide, nitronyl nitroxide, galvinoxyl, phenoxyl, etc. may be adopted as the positive electrode active material.
- the charge carrier may be added in an ionic state, or may be added in a nonionic state such as a metal or a compound.
- a lithium foil or the like may be integrated by sticking to a positive electrode and / or a negative electrode.
- the positive electrode may contain a conductive additive, a binder, and the like, similarly to the negative electrode.
- the conductive auxiliary agent and the binder are not particularly limited as long as they can be used for the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery like the negative electrode described above.
- a current collecting method such as a roll coating method, a die coating method, a dip coating method, a doctor blade method, a spray coating method, or a curtain coating method can be used.
- An active material may be applied to the surface of the body.
- a composition for forming an active material layer containing an active material and, if necessary, a binder and a conductive aid is prepared, and an appropriate solvent is added to the composition to make a paste, and then collected. After applying to the surface of the electric body, it is dried.
- the solvent include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, methanol, methyl isobutyl ketone, and water.
- the dried product may be compressed.
- a separator is used for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary batteries as necessary.
- the separator separates the positive electrode and the negative electrode and allows lithium ions to pass while preventing a short circuit of current due to contact between the two electrodes.
- natural resins such as polytetrafluoroethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene, polyimide, polyamide, polyaramid (Aromatic polymer), polyester, polyacrylonitrile, etc., polysaccharides such as cellulose, amylose, fibroin, keratin, lignin, suberin, etc. Examples thereof include porous bodies, nonwoven fabrics, and woven fabrics using one or more electrically insulating materials such as polymers and ceramics.
- the separator may have a multilayer structure.
- the electrolytic solution of the present invention has a slightly high viscosity and a high polarity
- a membrane in which a polar solvent such as water can easily penetrate is preferable.
- a film in which a polar solvent such as water soaks into 90% or more of the existing voids is more preferable.
- a separator is sandwiched between the positive electrode and the negative electrode as necessary to form an electrode body.
- the electrode body may be either a stacked type in which the positive electrode, the separator and the negative electrode are stacked, or a wound type in which the positive electrode, the separator and the negative electrode are sandwiched.
- the electrolyte solution of the present invention is added to the electrode body to make a non-aqueous solution. It is preferable to use an electrolyte secondary battery.
- the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of this invention should just be charged / discharged in the voltage range suitable for the kind of active material contained in an electrode.
- a special structure SEI film derived from the electrolytic solution of the present invention is formed on the negative electrode surface and / or the positive electrode surface.
- the SEI film includes S and O, and has an S ⁇ O structure. Therefore, the electrolytic solution of the present invention for producing the SEI film particularly contains sulfur element and oxygen element in the chemical structure of the anion of the salt.
- the SEI film having the special structure is referred to as an S, O-containing film as necessary.
- the S, O-containing coating contributes to improvement of battery characteristics (improvement of battery life, improvement of input / output characteristics, etc.) of the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery through cooperation with the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- the shape of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention is not particularly limited, and various shapes such as a cylindrical shape, a square shape, a coin shape, and a laminate shape can be adopted.
- the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention may be mounted on a vehicle.
- the vehicle may be a vehicle that uses electric energy from the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery for all or a part of its power source.
- the vehicle may be an electric vehicle or a hybrid vehicle.
- a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery is mounted on a vehicle, a plurality of non-aqueous electrolyte secondary batteries may be connected in series to form an assembled battery.
- devices equipped with non-aqueous electrolyte secondary batteries include personal computers, portable communication devices, and various household electrical appliances driven by batteries, office equipment, industrial equipment, and the like.
- non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention includes wind power generation, solar power generation, hydroelectric power generation and other power system power storage devices and power smoothing devices, power for power sources such as ships, and / or power supply sources for auxiliary machinery, aircraft Power supplies for spacecrafts and / or auxiliary equipment, auxiliary power sources for vehicles that do not use electricity as power sources, mobile home robot power sources, system backup power sources, uninterruptible power supply power sources
- it may be used for a power storage device that temporarily stores electric power required for charging in an electric vehicle charging station or the like.
- the electrolytic solution of the present invention was produced as follows. About 5 mL of 1,2-dimethoxyethane, an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar and a thermometer. Under stirring conditions, (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to 1,2-dimethoxyethane in the flask so as to keep the solution temperature at 40 ° C. or lower and dissolved. When about 13 g of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was added, the dissolution of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi temporarily stagnated. Therefore, the flask was put into a thermostat, and the solution temperature in the flask was 50 ° C.
- (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was dissolved.
- the dissolution of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi stagnated again, so 1 drop of 1,2-dimethoxyethane was added with a pipette (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi dissolved.
- (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was gradually added, and the entire amount of predetermined (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was added.
- the resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and 1,2-dimethoxyethane was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution E1.
- the obtained electrolytic solution had a volume of 20 mL, and (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi contained in this electrolytic solution was 18.38 g.
- the concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution E1 was 3.2 mol / L.
- the production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
- Electrolytic solution E2 Using 16.08 g of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution E2 having a concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi of 2.8 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E1. In the electrolytic solution E2, 2.1 molecules of 1,2-dimethoxyethane are contained per molecule of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution E3 About 5 mL of acetonitrile, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar. Under stirring conditions, (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to and dissolved in acetonitrile in the flask. When 19.52 g of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was added in total, the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and acetonitrile was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution E3. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
- the concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution E3 was 3.4 mol / L.
- 3 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to 1 molecule of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution E4 Using 24.11 g of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution E4 having a concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi of 4.2 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E3. In the electrolytic solution E4, 1.9 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
- Electrolytic solution E5 Using (FSO 2) 2 NLi of 13.47g lithium salt, except for using 1,2-dimethoxyethane as the organic solvent, in the same manner as the electrolyte solution E3, (FSO 2) concentration of 2 NLi 3 An electrolytic solution E5 having a concentration of 6 mol / L was produced. In the electrolytic solution E5, 1.9 molecules of 1,2-dimethoxyethane are contained per 1 molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution E6 (Electrolytic solution E6) Using 14.97 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution E6 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 4.0 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E5. In the electrolytic solution E6, 1.5 molecules of 1,2-dimethoxyethane are contained per 1 molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution E7 having a concentration of 4.2 mol / L of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E3 except that 15.72 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was used as the lithium salt. .
- electrolytic solution E7 3 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to 1 molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution E8 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 4.5 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E7 using 16.83 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- electrolytic solution E8 2.4 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
- Electrolytic solution E9 By using 18.71 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLii, an electrolytic solution E9 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 5.0 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E7. In the electrolytic solution E9, 2.1 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
- Electrolytic solution E10 (Electrolytic solution E10) Using 20.21 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution E10 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 5.4 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E7. In the electrolyte solution E10, 2 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to 1 molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution E11 About 5 mL of dimethyl carbonate, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar. Under stirring conditions, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to dimethyl carbonate in the flask and dissolved. When (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was added in a total amount of 14.64 g, the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and dimethyl carbonate was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution E11. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
- the concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution E11 was 3.9 mol / L.
- two molecules of dimethyl carbonate are contained with respect to one molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution E12 Dimethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E11 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution E12 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 3.4 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E12, 2.5 molecules of dimethyl carbonate are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
- Electrolytic solution E13 Dimethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E11 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution E13 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 2.9 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E13, three molecules of dimethyl carbonate are contained with respect to one molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution E14 Dimethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E11 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution E14 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 2.6 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E14, 3.5 molecules of dimethyl carbonate are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
- Electrolytic solution E15 Dimethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E11 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution E15 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 2.0 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E15, five molecules of dimethyl carbonate are contained with respect to one molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution E16 About 5 mL of ethyl methyl carbonate, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar. Under stirring conditions, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to and dissolved in ethyl methyl carbonate in the flask. When 12.81 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was added in total, the mixture was stirred overnight. The obtained electrolytic solution was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask, and ethyl methyl carbonate was added until the volume became 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution E16. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
- the concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution E16 was 3.4 mol / L.
- two molecules of ethyl methyl carbonate are contained with respect to one molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution E17 The electrolyte solution E16 was diluted by adding ethyl methyl carbonate to obtain an electrolyte solution E17 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 2.9 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E17, 2.5 molecules of ethyl methyl carbonate are contained per 1 molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution E18 The electrolyte solution E16 was diluted by adding ethyl methyl carbonate to obtain an electrolyte solution E18 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 2.2 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E18, 3.5 molecules of ethyl methyl carbonate are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
- Electrolytic solution E19 About 5 mL of diethyl carbonate, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stirring bar. Under stirring conditions, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to and dissolved in diethyl carbonate in the flask. When 11.37 g of the total amount of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was added, the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and diethyl carbonate was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution E19. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
- the concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution E19 was 3.0 mol / L.
- two molecules of diethyl carbonate are contained with respect to one molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution E20 Diethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E19 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution E20 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 2.6 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E20, 2.5 molecules of diethyl carbonate are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
- Electrolytic solution E21 Diethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E19 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution E21 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 2.0 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E21, 3.5 molecules of diethyl carbonate are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
- Electrolytic solution C1 (Electrolytic solution C1) Using (CF 3 SO 2) 2 NLi of 5.74 g, as except for using 1,2-dimethoxyethane organic solvents, in the same manner as the electrolyte solution E3, is (CF 3 SO 2) concentration of 2 NLi Electrolyte C1 which is 1.0 mol / L was manufactured. In the electrolytic solution C1, 8.3 molecules of 1,2-dimethoxyethane are contained with respect to (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
- Electrolytic solution C2 (Electrolytic solution C2) Using 5.74 g of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution C2 having a concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi of 1.0 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E3. In the electrolytic solution C2, 16 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecule.
- Electrolytic solution C3 Using 3.74 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution C3 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 1.0 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E5. In the electrolytic solution C3, 8.8 molecules of 1,2-dimethoxyethane are contained per molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution C4 Using 3.74 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution C4 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 1.0 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E7. In the electrolyte solution C4, 17 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecule.
- Electrolytic solution C5 (Electrolytic solution C5) Except that a mixed solvent of ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate (volume ratio 3: 7, hereinafter referred to as “EC / DEC”) was used as the organic solvent, and 3.04 g of LiPF 6 was used as the lithium salt.
- Electrolytic solution C6 Dimethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E11 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution C6 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 1.1 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution C6, 10 molecules of dimethyl carbonate are contained per 1 molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Electrolytic solution C7 The electrolyte solution E16 was diluted by adding ethyl methyl carbonate to obtain an electrolyte solution C7 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 1.1 mol / L.
- electrolytic solution C7 8 molecules of ethyl methyl carbonate are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecule.
- Electrolytic solution C8 Diethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E19 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution C8 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 1.1 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution C8, 7 molecules of diethyl carbonate are contained per 1 molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- Table 3 shows a list of the electrolytic solutions E1 to E21 and the electrolytic solutions C1 to C8.
- Electrolytic solution E3, electrolytic solution E4, electrolytic solution E7, electrolytic solution E8, electrolytic solution E10, electrolytic solution C2, electrolytic solution C4, and acetonitrile, (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi are as follows: The IR measurement was performed under the following conditions. IR spectra in the range of 2100 to 2400 cm ⁇ 1 are shown in FIGS. 1 to 10, respectively. Further, IR measurement was performed on the electrolytic solutions E11 to E21, the electrolytic solutions C6 to C8, dimethyl carbonate, ethyl methyl carbonate, and diethyl carbonate under the following conditions.
- FIGS. 11 to 27 show IR spectra in the range of 1900 to 1600 cm ⁇ 1 in FIGS. 11 to 27, respectively.
- FIG. 28 shows an IR spectrum in the range of 1900 to 1600 cm ⁇ 1 for (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
- the horizontal axis in the figure is the wave number (cm ⁇ 1 ), and the vertical axis is the absorbance (reflection absorbance).
- IR measurement conditions Device FT-IR (Bruker Optics) Measurement conditions: ATR method (using diamond) Measurement atmosphere: Inert gas atmosphere
- FIG. IR spectrum of the electrolyte E10 represented by 5 is not a peak derived from acetonitrile observed around 2250 cm -1, inter 2250 cm from the vicinity -1 shifted acetonitrile 2280cm around -1 to the high frequency side C and N
- the relationship between the peak intensities of Is and Io was Is> Io.
- Ionic conductivity measurement conditions In an Ar atmosphere, an electrolytic solution was sealed in a glass cell with a platinum constant and a known cell constant, and impedance at 30 ° C. and 1 kHz was measured. The ion conductivity was calculated from the impedance measurement result.
- Solartron 147055BEC Solartron
- Electrolytic solutions E1 and E2 electrolytic solutions E4 to E6, E8, E11, E16, and E19 all exhibited ion conductivity. Therefore, it can be understood that the electrolytic solution of the present invention can function as an electrolytic solution for various batteries.
- Viscosity measurement conditions Using a falling ball viscometer (Lovis 2000 M manufactured by Anton Paar GmbH (Anton Paar)), an electrolytic solution was sealed in a test cell under an Ar atmosphere, and the viscosity was measured at 30 ° C.
- the maximum volatilization rates of the electrolytic solutions E2, E4, E8, E11, and E13 were significantly smaller than the maximum volatilization rates of the electrolytic solutions C1, C2, C4, and C6. Therefore, even if the battery using the electrolytic solution of the present invention is damaged, the volatilization rate of the electrolytic solution is small, so that rapid volatilization of the organic solvent to the outside of the battery is suppressed.
- Electrolyte E4 did not ignite even after 15 seconds of indirect flame. On the other hand, the electrolytic solution C2 burned out in about 5 seconds. It was confirmed that the electrolytic solution of the present invention is difficult to burn.
- Electrolytes E11, E13, E16, and E19 were placed in containers, filled with an inert gas, and sealed. These were stored in a freezer at ⁇ 30 ° C. for 2 days. Each electrolyte was observed after storage. None of the electrolytes were solidified and maintained in a liquid state, and no salt deposition was observed.
- Evaluation Example 7 Raman spectrum measurement
- FIGS. 29 to 35 show Raman spectra in which peaks derived from the anion portion of the metal salt of each electrolytic solution were observed.
- the horizontal axis represents the wave number (cm ⁇ 1 ), and the vertical axis represents the scattering intensity.
- the electrolyte was sealed in a quartz cell under an inert gas atmosphere and used for measurement.
- a characteristic peak derived from (FSO 2 ) 2 N of LiFSA dissolved in acetonitrile was observed in 700 to 800 cm ⁇ 1 of the Raman spectra of the electrolytic solutions E8, E9, and C4 shown in FIGS. .
- FIGS. 29 to 31 it can be seen from FIGS. 29 to 31 that the peak shifts to the higher wavenumber side as the LiFSA concentration increases.
- a characteristic peak derived from (FSO 2 ) 2 N of LiFSA dissolved in dimethyl carbonate is observed in 700 to 800 cm ⁇ 1 of the Raman spectra of the electrolytic solutions E11, E13, E15, and C6 shown in FIGS. Observed.
- the peak shifts to the higher wavenumber side as the concentration of LiFSA increases. This phenomenon is similar to that discussed in the previous paragraph.
- the concentration of the electrolyte is increased, the state in which (FSO 2 ) 2 N corresponding to the anion of the salt interacts with a plurality of Li is shown in the spectrum. It is inferred that the result is reflected.
- Li transport numbers of the electrolytic solutions E2, E8, C4 and C5 were measured under the following conditions.
- the NMR tube containing each electrolyte solution was supplied to a PFG-NMR apparatus (ECA-500, JEOL), and the spin echo method was used for 7Li and 19F under conditions of 500 MHz and a magnetic field gradient of 1.26 T / m.
- the diffusion coefficient of Li ions and anions in each electrolyte was measured while changing the magnetic field pulse width.
- the Li transport number of the electrolytic solutions E2 and E8 was significantly higher than the Li transport number of the electrolytic solutions C4 and C5.
- the Li ion conductivity of the electrolytic solution can be calculated by multiplying the ionic conductivity (total ionic conductivity) contained in the electrolytic solution by the Li transport number. If it does so, it can be said that the electrolyte solution of this invention has the high transport rate of lithium ion (cation) compared with the conventional electrolyte solution which shows comparable ionic conductivity.
- electrolyte solution E8 the Li transport number at the time of changing temperature was measured according to the said Li transport number measurement conditions. The results are shown in Table 8. From the results in Table 8, it can be seen that the electrolytic solution of the present invention maintains a suitable Li transport number regardless of the temperature. It can be said that the electrolytic solution of the present invention maintains a liquid state even at a low temperature.
- electrolytic solution of the present invention includes the following electrolytic solutions.
- the following electrolytes include those already described.
- electrolytic solution A The electrolytic solution of the present invention was produced as follows.
- the obtained electrolytic solution had a volume of 20 mL, and (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi contained in this electrolytic solution was 18.38 g. This was designated as an electrolytic solution A.
- the concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution A was 3.2 mol / L, and the density was 1.39 g / cm 3 .
- the density was measured at 20 ° C. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
- Electrolytic solution B By a method similar to that for the electrolytic solution A, an electrolytic solution B having a (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 2.8 mol / L and a density of 1.36 g / cm 3 was produced.
- Electrolytic solution C About 5 mL of acetonitrile, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar. Under stirring conditions, (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to and dissolved in acetonitrile in the flask. The mixture was stirred overnight when the prescribed (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was added. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and acetonitrile was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution C. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere. The electrolytic solution C had a (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 4.2 mol / L and a density of 1.52 g / cm 3 .
- Electrolytic solution D By a method similar to that of the electrolytic solution C, an electrolytic solution D having a concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi of 3.0 mol / L and a density of 1.31 g / cm 3 was produced.
- Electrolytic solution F The concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi is 3.2 mol / L and the density is 1.49 g / cm 3 except that dimethyl sulfoxide is used as the organic solvent. Electrolytic solution F was produced.
- Electrolytic solution J (Electrolytic solution J) Except that acetonitrile was used as the organic solvent, an electrolytic solution J having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 5.0 mol / L and a density of 1.40 g / cm 3 in the same manner as the electrolytic solution G Manufactured.
- Electrolytic solution K In the same manner as the electrolytic solution J, an electrolytic solution K having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 4.5 mol / L and a density of 1.34 g / cm 3 was produced.
- Electrolytic solution L About 5 mL of dimethyl carbonate, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar. Under stirring conditions, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to dimethyl carbonate in the flask and dissolved. When (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was added in a total amount of 14.64 g, the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and dimethyl carbonate was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution L. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere. The concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution L was 3.9 mol / L, and the density of the electrolytic solution L was 1.44 g / cm 3 .
- Electrolytic solution N About 5 mL of ethyl methyl carbonate, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar. Under stirring conditions, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to and dissolved in ethyl methyl carbonate in the flask. When 12.81 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was added in total, the mixture was stirred overnight. The obtained electrolytic solution was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask, and ethyl methyl carbonate was added until the volume became 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution N. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere. The concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution N was 3.4 mol / L, and the density of the electrolytic solution N was 1.35 g / cm 3 .
- Electrolytic solution O About 5 mL of diethyl carbonate, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stirring bar. Under stirring conditions, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to and dissolved in diethyl carbonate in the flask. When 11.37 g of the total amount of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was added, the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and diethyl carbonate was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution O. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere. The concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution O was 3.0 mol / L, and the density of the electrolytic solution O was 1.29 g / cm 3 . Table 9 shows a list of the electrolyte solutions.
- Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1) to the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (5) will be specifically described below. In the following embodiments, items are described separately for convenience, and therefore may be duplicated. The following examples and EB and CB described later may correspond to a plurality of examples of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1) to the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (5). ⁇ Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1)> Example 1-1
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-1 was produced using the electrolytic solution E8.
- the graphite (A) powder used was subjected to Raman spectrum analysis.
- the G / D ratio which is the intensity ratio of the G-band and D-band peaks, was 12.2.
- This slurry was applied to the surface of an electrolytic copper foil (current collector) having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m using a doctor blade, and a negative electrode active material layer was formed on the copper foil.
- the current collector and the negative electrode active material layer were firmly and closely joined with a roll press. This was vacuum-dried at 120 ° C. for 6 hours to form a negative electrode having a negative electrode active material layer thickness of about 30 ⁇ m.
- the basis weight of the negative electrode active material layer was 2.3 mg / cm 2 and the density was 0.86 g / cm 3 .
- Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery A non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was produced using the produced negative electrode as an evaluation electrode.
- the counter electrode was a metal lithium foil (thickness 500 ⁇ m).
- This nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery is a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery for evaluation, a so-called half cell.
- the counter electrode was cut to ⁇ 13 mm, the evaluation electrode was cut to ⁇ 11 mm, and a separator (Whatman glass fiber filter paper) having a thickness of 400 ⁇ m was sandwiched between them to form an electrode body battery.
- This electrode body battery was accommodated in a battery case (CR2032 coin cell manufactured by Hosen Co., Ltd.). Then, electrolyte solution E8 was injected, and the battery case was sealed to obtain a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-1. Details of the lithium battery of Example 1-1 and the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of the following examples and comparative examples are shown in Table 41 at the end of the column of Examples.
- Example 1-2 Example 1-1 was used except that SNO grade graphite (average particle size 10 ⁇ m) graphite (hereinafter sometimes referred to as graphite (B)) from SEC Carbon Co. was used instead of graphite (A). A negative electrode was produced, and the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1. The graphite (B) used was subjected to Raman spectrum analysis in the same manner as in Example 1-1. As a result, the G / D ratio, which is the intensity ratio of the G-band and D-band peaks, was 4.4.
- Example 1-3 A negative electrode was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that graphite (C) having an average particle diameter of 10 ⁇ m was used in place of graphite (A), and the other examples were the same as in Example 1-1. -3 non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was obtained.
- the graphite (C) used was subjected to Raman spectrum analysis in the same manner as in Example 1-1. As a result, the G / D ratio, which is the intensity ratio of the G-band and D-band peaks, was 16.0.
- Example 1-4 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-4 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-3 except that the electrolytic solution E11 was used.
- Example 1-1 (Comparative Example 1-1) Example 1-1 was used except that graphite of the product name SG-BH (average particle size 20 ⁇ m) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as graphite (D)) of Ito Graphite Industries Co., Ltd. was used instead of graphite (A). A negative electrode was produced in the same manner, and the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1. The graphite (D) used was subjected to Raman spectrum analysis in the same manner as in Example 1-1. As a result, the G / D ratio, which is the intensity ratio of the G-band and D-band peaks, was 3.4.
- Example 1-1 was used except that instead of graphite (A), graphite with the product name SG-BH8 (average particle size: 8 ⁇ m) of Ito Graphite Industries Co., Ltd. (hereinafter sometimes referred to as graphite (E)) was used.
- a negative electrode was produced in the same manner, and the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1.
- the graphite (E) used was subjected to Raman spectrum analysis in the same manner as in Example 1-1. As a result, the G / D ratio, which is the intensity ratio of the G-band and D-band peaks, was 3.2.
- Comparative Example 1-3 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-3 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-1 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- Comparative Example 1-4 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-4 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-2 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- Comparative Example 1-5 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-5 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-3 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- Comparative Example 1-6 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-6 was obtained in the same manner as Comparative Example 1-1 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- Comparative Example 1-7 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-7 was obtained in the same manner as Comparative Example 1-2 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- Table 6 shows the configurations of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Examples 1-1 to 1-4 and Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-7.
- Example 1-5 In the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-5, the same negative electrode as in Example 1-1 was used.
- This slurry was applied to the surface of an aluminum foil (current collector) using a doctor blade and dried to produce a positive electrode having a positive electrode active material layer having a thickness of about 25 ⁇ m.
- NCM 523 Li [Ni 0.5 Co 0.2 Mn 0.3 ] O 2 is referred to as NCM 523 as necessary.
- ⁇ Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery> Using the positive electrode, the negative electrode, and the electrolytic solution E8, a laminated lithium ion secondary battery, which is a kind of non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery, was manufactured. Specifically, an experimental filter paper having a thickness of 260 ⁇ m was sandwiched between the positive electrode and the negative electrode to form an electrode plate group. The electrode plate group was covered with a set of two laminated films, and the three sides were sealed. Then, the electrolyte solution of the present invention was injected into the bag-like laminated film. Thereafter, the remaining one side was sealed to obtain a laminate type lithium ion secondary battery in which the four sides were hermetically sealed and the electrode plate group and the electrolyte were sealed. Note that the positive electrode and the negative electrode have a tab that can be electrically connected to the outside, and a part of the tab extends to the outside of the laminated lithium ion secondary battery.
- Example 1-6 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-6 was produced in the same manner as Example 1-5 except that the electrolytic solution E4 was used.
- Comparative Example 1-8 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-8 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-5 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- FIG. 46 shows a DSC chart of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 1-5 and Comparative Example 1-8
- FIG. 47 shows a DSC chart of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 1-6 and Comparative Example 1-8. Respectively.
- nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-1 has a current capacity approximately twice that of Comparative Example 1-1 in the range of 0.5 C to 2 C, and can be charged at high speed.
- Comparative Examples 1-1 and 1-2 it is difficult to improve the cycle capacity retention rate only by combining a negative electrode using graphite having a G / D ratio of less than 4 as a negative electrode active material and the electrolytic solution of the present invention. Further, as in Comparative Examples 1-3 and 1-7, when a conventional electrolyte is used, it is difficult to improve the rate capacity characteristics regardless of the G / D ratio of graphite. However, as in Examples 1-1 to 1-3, by combining the electrolytic solution of the present invention with a negative electrode using graphite having a G / D ratio of 3.5 or more as a negative electrode active material, Both the cycle capacity maintenance rate can be improved.
- the higher the G / D ratio the more the rate capacity characteristics and the cycle capacity retention rate tend to be improved, and it is considered that the G / D ratio is more preferably 10 or more.
- the electrolytic solution is the electrolytic solution of the present invention, and the G / D ratio is 3.5 or more. It can be understood that the rate capacity characteristics and the cycle capacity retention ratio are improved by using the graphite together.
- Example 1--7 ⁇ Negative electrode>
- SNO grade graphite (average particle size: 15 ⁇ m) graphite (hereinafter sometimes referred to as graphite (A)) manufactured by SEC Carbon Co., Ltd. was used. 98 parts by mass of graphite (A) as a negative electrode active material, 1 part by mass of styrene butadiene rubber as a binder, and 1 part by mass of carboxymethyl cellulose were mixed. This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of ion-exchanged water to prepare a slurry-like negative electrode mixture.
- SBR styrene butadiene rubber
- CMC carboxymethyl cellulose
- the graphite (A) powder used was subjected to Raman spectrum analysis.
- the G / D ratio which is the intensity ratio of the G-band and D-band peaks, was 12.2.
- This slurry was applied to the surface of an electrolytic copper foil (current collector) having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m using a doctor blade, and a negative electrode active material layer was formed on the copper foil.
- the positive electrode includes a positive electrode active material layer and a current collector covered with the positive electrode active material layer.
- the positive electrode active material layer has a positive electrode active material, a binder, and a conductive additive.
- the positive electrode active material is made of LiNi 0.5 Co 0.2 Mn 0.3 O 2 .
- the binder is made of PVDF, and the conductive additive is made of AB.
- the current collector is made of an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m.
- NCM523, PVDF and AB are mixed so as to have the above mass ratio, and NMP as a solvent is added to obtain a paste-like positive electrode material.
- the paste-like positive electrode material was applied to the surface of the current collector using a doctor blade to form a positive electrode active material layer.
- the positive electrode active material layer was dried at 80 ° C. for 20 minutes to remove NMP by volatilization.
- the aluminum foil having the positive electrode active material layer formed on the surface thereof was compressed using a roll press, and the aluminum foil and the positive electrode active material layer were firmly bonded.
- the joined product was heated in a vacuum dryer at 120 ° C. for 6 hours, cut into a predetermined shape, and a positive electrode was obtained.
- Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-7 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-5, except that the above positive electrode, negative electrode, and electrolytic solution E8 were used, and a cellulose nonwoven fabric (thickness 20 ⁇ m) was used as the separator. It was.
- Comparative Example 1-9 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-9 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-7, except that electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- Evaluation conditions are 80% charged state (SOC), 0 ° C., 25 ° C., operating voltage range 3V-4.2V, and capacity 13.5 mAh.
- SOC 80%, 0 ° C. is a region in which input characteristics are difficult to be obtained, for example, when used in a refrigerator room.
- the input characteristics of Example 1-7 and Comparative Example 1-9 were evaluated three times for 2-second input and 5-second input, respectively.
- Tables 12 and 13 show the evaluation results of the input characteristics. “2-second input” in the table means an input after 2 seconds from the start of charging, and “5-second input” means an input after 5 seconds from the start of charging.
- Example 1-7 At both 0 ° C. and 25 ° C., the input (charging) characteristics of Example 1-7 are improved compared to Comparative Example 1-9. This is an effect obtained by using graphite having a GD ratio of 3.5 or more and the electrolytic solution of the present invention. In particular, since it exhibits a high input (charge) characteristic even at 0 ° C., lithium in the electrolytic solution even at a low temperature. It is shown that the movement of ions proceeds smoothly.
- Example 1-8 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-8 using the electrolytic solution E11 was produced as follows.
- the copper foil coated with the slurry was dried to remove NMP, and then the copper foil was pressed to obtain a bonded product.
- the obtained joined product was heat-dried at 120 ° C. for 6 hours with a vacuum dryer to obtain a copper foil on which an active material layer was formed. This was the working electrode.
- the mass of the active material on copper foil was 2.214 mg, and the mass of the active material per 1 cm ⁇ 2> of copper foil was 1.48 mg.
- the density of natural graphite and PVdF before pressing was 0.68 g / cm 3
- the density of the active material layer after pressing was 1.025 g / cm 3 .
- the counter electrode was metal Li.
- the working electrode, the counter electrode, and the electrolytic solution E11 were accommodated in a battery case (CR2032 type coin cell case manufactured by Hosen Co., Ltd.) having a diameter of 13.82 mm to obtain a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-8.
- a battery case CR2032 type coin cell case manufactured by Hosen Co., Ltd.
- Example 1-9 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-9 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-8, except that electrolytic solution E8 was used instead of electrolytic solution E11.
- Example 1-10 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-10 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-8, except that electrolytic solution E16 was used instead of electrolytic solution E11.
- Example 1-11 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-11 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-8, except that electrolytic solution E19 was used instead of electrolytic solution E11.
- Comparative Example 1-10 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-10 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-8 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E11.
- nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Examples 1-8 to 1-11 are reversibly charged and discharged in the same manner as the general nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-10.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Examples 1-8 to 1-11 had a capacity reduction at rates of 0.2 C, 0.5 C, and 1 C compared to the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-10. It is suppressed. From these results, it was confirmed that the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of each example, that is, the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention showed excellent rate characteristics. Furthermore, the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Examples 1-8 and 1-9 are suppressed in capacity reduction even at the rate of 2C compared to the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-10. That is, the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Examples 1-8 and 1-9 show particularly excellent rate characteristics.
- Each non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery is CC charged (constant current charge) to 25 ° C. and a voltage of 2.0 V, and is subjected to CC discharge (constant current discharge) to a voltage of 0.01 V.
- a discharge cycle was performed. Specifically, first, charge / discharge is performed for 3 cycles at a charge / discharge rate of 0.1C, and then charge / discharge is performed for each charge / discharge rate in 3 cycles in the order of 0.2C, 0.5C, 1C, 2C, 5C, Finally, 3 cycles of charge and discharge were performed at 0.1 C.
- any of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries performed a charge / discharge reaction satisfactorily and exhibited a suitable capacity retention rate.
- the capacity retention rates of the half cells of Examples 1-9, 1-10, and 1-11 were remarkably excellent.
- Example 1-12 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-12 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-2 except that the electrolytic solution E9 was used.
- the voltage curve of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-12 at each current rate is higher than the voltage curve of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-4. You can see that. From this result, it was confirmed that the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention exhibits excellent rate characteristics even in a low temperature environment.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-2 has a capacity higher than that of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-4 at any rate of 0.2C, 0.5C, 1C, and 2C. The decline of the was suppressed. That is, the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-2 exhibited excellent rate characteristics. This result also confirmed that the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention using the electrolytic solution of the present invention exhibits excellent rate characteristics.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-4 has a tendency to increase the polarization when a current is passed at a rate of 1 C with repeated charge and discharge, and the capacity obtained from reaching 2 V to 0.01 V Fell rapidly.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-2 there was almost no increase or decrease in polarization even after repeated charge and discharge, and the capacity was suitably maintained. This can also be confirmed from the fact that the three curves overlap in FIG.
- the reason why the polarization increased in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-4 is that the amount sufficient for the reaction interface with the electrode due to the uneven Li concentration generated in the electrolyte when rapidly charging and discharging was repeated. It can be considered that the electrolyte solution can no longer supply Li, that is, the Li concentration of the electrolyte solution is unevenly distributed. In the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-2, it is considered that the uneven distribution of the Li concentration of the electrolytic solution could be suppressed by using the electrolytic solution of the present invention having a high Li concentration.
- the measuring device was manufactured by Rigaku [SmartLab], and the optical system was a concentration method.
- This slurry was applied to the surface of an electrolytic copper foil (current collector) having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m using a doctor blade, and a negative electrode active material layer was formed on the copper foil.
- Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery Using the negative electrode produced above as an evaluation electrode, a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was produced.
- the counter electrode was a metal lithium foil (thickness 500 ⁇ m).
- the counter electrode was cut to ⁇ 13 mm, the evaluation electrode was cut to ⁇ 11 mm, and a separator (Whatman glass fiber filter paper) having a thickness of 400 ⁇ m was sandwiched between them to form an electrode body battery.
- This electrode body battery was accommodated in a battery case (CR2032 coin cell manufactured by Hosen Co., Ltd.). Then, the electrolyte solution E8 was injected, the battery case was sealed, and the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 2-1 was obtained. Details of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 2-1 and the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of the following examples and comparative examples are shown in Table 42 at the end of the column of Examples.
- Comparative Example 2-1 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
- FIG. 57 clearly shows that the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 2-1 can be charged and discharged. Also, from FIG. 58, the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 2-1 has better rate capacity characteristics than the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-1, and functions as a battery for high-speed charging and high input / output. I understand that
- Example 2-2 A negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that soft carbon having a crystallite size (L) of 4.2 nm was selected and this soft carbon was used. A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 2-2 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-1 except that this negative electrode was used.
- Example 2-3 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 2-3 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2-1, except that the electrolytic solution E11 was used.
- Example 2-4 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 2-4 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2-2, except that the same electrolytic solution E11 as in Example 2-3 was used.
- Comparative Example 2-2 A negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that graphite having a crystallite size (L) of 28 nm was selected and this graphite was used. A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that this negative electrode was used.
- Example 2-3 A negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that graphite having a crystallite size (L) of 42 nm was selected and this graphite was used.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-3 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2-1, except that this negative electrode was used.
- Example 2-4 Using the same hard carbon as in Example 2-1, a negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-4 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that this negative electrode was used and the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- Example 2-5 Using the same soft carbon as in Example 2-2, a negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that this negative electrode was used and the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- Comparative Example 2-6 A negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 2-2.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-6 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that this negative electrode was used and the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- Comparative Example 2--7 A negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 2-3.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-7 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that this negative electrode was used and the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- Example 3-1 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-1 was manufactured using the above-described electrolytic solution E8 and a negative electrode active material made of silicon-carbon composite powder.
- the silicon-carbon composite powder is obtained by mixing Si powder having a particle diameter of 50 nm and acetylene black at a mass ratio of 6: 4 and using a planetary ball mill to form a composite.
- lithium foil metallic lithium
- electrolytic solution E8 electrolytic solution E8
- a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was manufactured using the above negative electrode, positive electrode and electrolyte. Specifically, a Whatman glass fiber filter paper having a thickness of 400 ⁇ m was sandwiched between the positive electrode and the negative electrode to form an electrode plate group. This electrode group was accommodated in a battery case (CR2032 coin cell manufactured by Hosen Co., Ltd.). An electrolytic solution was further injected into the battery case. After injecting the electrolyte, the battery case was sealed to obtain the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-1. Details of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 and each of the following batteries are shown in Table 43 at the end of the column of the example.
- Example 3-2 The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-2 is the same as the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-1, except for the composition of the negative electrode mixture.
- the negative electrode mixture in the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-2 was 75 parts by mass of silicon-carbon composite powder as the negative electrode active material, 15 parts by mass of graphite as the negative electrode active material, and as the binder. And 10 parts by mass of polyamideimide (PAI).
- PAI polyamideimide
- Example 3-3 The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-3 is the same as the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-2 except that the electrolytic solution E11 is used.
- Comparative Example 3-1 The non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 3-1 is the same as the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-1 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used.
- Comparative Example 3-2 The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 3-2 is the same as the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-2 except that the same electrolytic solution C5 as Comparative Example 3-1 was used.
- the constant current (CC) charge / discharge was performed with respect to each nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery.
- the voltage range was 2V to 0.01V, and the C rate was 0.1C.
- Table 19 shows the discharge capacity of each non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery.
- the charge / discharge curves of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 3-2 and Comparative Example 3-2 are shown in FIG.
- a charge / discharge curve of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-3 is shown in FIG.
- Example 3-1 and Comparative Example 3-1 use the same negative electrode mixture
- Example 3-2 and Comparative Example 3-2 use the same negative electrode mixture.
- the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-1 using the same negative electrode mixture was compared with the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 3-1, and Example 3-2 using the same negative electrode mixture
- the discharge capacity of the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery is improved by using the electrolyte solution of the present invention as the electrolyte solution.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery using DMC as the organic solvent for the electrolytic solution is similar to the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the example. It turns out that it fully charges / discharges. From this result, it can be seen that the electrolytic solution of the present invention using a chain carbonate as an organic solvent is also useful for combining with a composite material of silicon and carbon.
- Example 4-1 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 was manufactured using the above-described electrolytic solution E8.
- the negative electrode in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 includes a negative electrode active material, a binder, and a conductive additive.
- a negative electrode active material 90 parts by mass of lithium titanate (Li 4 Ti 5 O 12 , so-called LTO) as a negative electrode active material, 2 parts by mass of SBR as a binder, 2 parts by mass of CMC as a binder, and ketjen black (as a conductive additive) 6 parts by weight of KB) was taken and mixed.
- This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of ion-exchanged water to prepare a slurry-like negative electrode mixture.
- This negative electrode mixture was applied to the negative electrode current collector in a film form using a doctor blade.
- the negative electrode current collector a copper foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m was used.
- the composite of the negative electrode mixture and the negative electrode current collector was dried and then pressed using a roller press to obtain a bonded product.
- the bonded product after pressing was heated in a vacuum dryer at 100 ° C. for 6 hours, and cut into a predetermined shape to obtain a negative electrode.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 As the positive electrode in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1, lithium foil (metallic lithium) was used. That is, the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 is a half cell for evaluation. By charging and discharging the half cell, the effect of the negative electrode and the electrolyte on the battery characteristics of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery can be evaluated.
- a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was manufactured using the above negative electrode, positive electrode, and electrolytic solution E8. Specifically, a Whatman glass fiber filter paper having a thickness of 400 ⁇ m was sandwiched between the positive electrode and the negative electrode to form an electrode plate group. This electrode group was accommodated in a battery case (CR2032 coin cell manufactured by Hosen Co., Ltd.). An electrolytic solution was further injected into the battery case. After injecting the electrolytic solution, the battery case was sealed to obtain the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1. Details of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 and each of the following batteries are shown in Table 44 at the end of the column of the example.
- Example 4-2 The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-2 was manufactured in the same manner as Example 4-1, except that the electrolytic solution E11 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
- Example 4-3 The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-3 was manufactured in the same manner as Example 4-1, except that the electrolytic solution E13 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
- Example 4-1 The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1 is different from Example 4-1 in the components of the electrolytic solution. In the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 4-1, the electrolytic solution C5 was used. Other configurations are the same as those of the embodiment 4-1.
- FIG. 61 shows the charge / discharge curve (second cycle) of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1
- FIG. 62 shows the charge / discharge curve (second cycle) of the half cell of Comparative Example 4-1. Based on the charge / discharge curves shown in FIG. 61 and FIG.
- Example 4-1 discharge of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 4-1 and Comparative Example 4-1
- the energy density at the time (mWh / g) and the charge / discharge efficiency (%) were calculated.
- the energy density is a density per 1 g of the negative electrode active material layer (that is, solid mass of LTO, binder, etc.).
- the charge / discharge efficiency was calculated based on (energy density during discharge / energy density during charge) ⁇ 100 (%).
- Table 20 shows the energy density and charge / discharge efficiency of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 4-1 and Comparative Example 4-1. Charge / discharge efficiency can also be rephrased as energy efficiency.
- the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 4-1 and Comparative Example 4-1 using lithium titanium oxide (LTO) as the negative electrode active material differ only in the electrolyte solution.
- LTO lithium titanium oxide
- the energy density and the charge / discharge efficiency vary greatly depending on the electrolyte.
- the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 using the electrolytic solution of the present invention has a higher energy than the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 4-1 using a normal electrolytic solution. High density and excellent charge / discharge efficiency. As shown in FIGS.
- the magnitude of polarization in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 is the same as that of the nonaqueous electrolyte 2 of Comparative Example 4-1. It is smaller than the magnitude of polarization in the secondary battery. Therefore, it is considered that the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 is superior in energy density and charge / discharge efficiency as compared with the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 4-1.
- the electrolyte solution of the present invention used in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 contains a large amount of cation of the supporting salt. In the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1, It is presumed that since the cation is sufficiently supplied to the negative electrode, the reaction resistance is lowered and the polarization is suppressed.
- non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 uses lithium titanium oxide as the negative electrode active material. For this reason, the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 is provided with excellent cycle characteristics derived from lithium titanium oxide.
- the working voltage range was 1.3 V to 2.5 V (Li standard), and the C rate was 0.1 C.
- CC charging / discharging was repeated 3 cycles.
- the charge / discharge curve of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-2 is shown in FIG. 63
- the charge / discharge curve of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-3 is shown in FIG. As shown in FIGS.
- Example 5-1 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 5-1 was produced using the electrolytic solution E8.
- ⁇ Negative electrode> 98 parts by mass of Ito Graphite Industries Co., Ltd. product name SG-BH8 (average particle size 8 ⁇ m), and 1 part by mass of SBR and 1 part by mass of CMC as a binder were mixed. This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of ion-exchanged water to prepare a slurry.
- the graphite particles used had an aspect ratio of 2.1, and I (110) / I (004) measured by X-ray diffraction was 0.035.
- the aspect ratio was calculated by measuring the major axis and the minor axis of the active material section using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) after preparing an electrode section observation sample using a JEOL cross section polisher.
- SEM scanning electron microscope
- X-ray diffraction was measured by Rigaku [SmartLab], using an optical system using a concentration method, and I (110) / I (004) was calculated from the ratio of integrated intensities of I (110) and I (004). .
- the slurry was applied in the form of a film using a doctor blade on the surface of an electrolytic copper foil (current collector) having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m.
- the copper foil coated with the slurry was dried to remove water, and then the copper foil was pressed to obtain a bonded product.
- the obtained joined product was dried by heating at 100 ° C. for 6 hours with a vacuum dryer to obtain a copper foil on which a negative electrode active material layer was formed. This was used as a negative electrode.
- the basis weight of the negative electrode active material layer in this negative electrode was about 8.5 mg / cm 2 .
- the positive electrode includes a positive electrode active material layer and a current collector covered with the positive electrode active material layer.
- the positive electrode active material layer has a positive electrode active material, a binder, and a conductive additive.
- the positive electrode active material is NCM523.
- the binder is made of PVdF.
- the conductive auxiliary agent is made of AB.
- the current collector is made of an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m.
- NCM523, PVdF and AB are mixed so as to have the above mass ratio, and NMP as a solvent is added to obtain a paste-like positive electrode material.
- the paste-like positive electrode material was applied to the surface of the current collector using a doctor blade to form a positive electrode active material layer.
- the positive electrode active material layer was dried at 80 ° C. for 20 minutes to remove NMP by volatilization.
- the aluminum foil having the positive electrode active material layer formed on the surface thereof was compressed using a roll press, and the aluminum foil and the positive electrode active material layer were firmly bonded.
- the joined product was heated in a vacuum dryer at 120 ° C. for 6 hours, cut into a predetermined shape, and a positive electrode was obtained.
- ⁇ Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery> Using the positive electrode, the negative electrode, and the electrolytic solution E8, a laminated lithium ion secondary battery, which is a kind of non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery, was manufactured. Specifically, a cellulose nonwoven fabric (thickness 20 ⁇ m) was sandwiched as a separator between the positive electrode and the negative electrode to form an electrode plate group. The electrode plate group was covered with a set of two laminated films, and the three sides were sealed, and then the electrolyte solution was poured into the bag-like laminated film.
- this lithium ion secondary battery is referred to as the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 5-1. Details of the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 5-1 and each of the following batteries are shown in Table 45 at the end of the column of the example.
- Example 5-1 A negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Example 5-1, except that graphite having an aspect ratio of 6.5 (SNO grade (average particle size: 10 ⁇ m) from SEC Carbon Co., Ltd.) was used as the active material. A negative electrode having the same basis weight as in Example 5-1 was formed. Other than that, a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 5-1 was obtained in the same manner as Example 5-1. I (110) / I (004) measured by X-ray diffraction was 0.027.
- Comparative Example 5-2 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 5-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5-1, except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
- Evaluation conditions are 80% charged state (SOC), 0 ° C., 25 ° C., operating voltage range 3V-4.2V, and capacity 13.5 mAh.
- SOC 80%, 0 ° C. is a region in which input characteristics are difficult to be obtained, for example, when used in a refrigerator room.
- the input characteristics of Example 5-1 and Comparative Examples 5-1 and 5-2 were evaluated three times for 2-second input and 5-second input, respectively.
- Tables 21 and 22 show the evaluation results of the input characteristics. “2-second input” in the table means an input after 2 seconds from the start of charging, and “5-second input” means an input after 5 seconds from the start of charging.
- Example 5-1 and Comparative Example 5-1 the electrolytic solution of the present invention used in Example 5-1 and Comparative Example 5-1 is abbreviated as “FSA”, and the electrolytic solution used in Comparative Example 5-2 is designated as “ECPF”. Abbreviated.
- Example 5-1 At both 0 ° C. and 25 ° C., the input / output characteristics of Example 5-1 are improved compared to Comparative Example 5-1 and Comparative Example 5-2.
- graphite having a predetermined aspect ratio since it exhibits high input / output characteristics even at 0 ° C., the migration of lithium ions in the electrolytic solution can be achieved even at low temperatures. It has been shown to proceed smoothly.
- the positive electrode includes a positive electrode active material layer and a current collector covered with the positive electrode active material layer.
- the positive electrode active material layer has a positive electrode active material, a binder, and a conductive additive.
- the positive electrode active material is NCM523.
- the binder is made of PVdF.
- the conductive auxiliary agent is made of AB.
- the current collector is made of an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m.
- NCM523, PVdF and AB were mixed at the above mass ratio, and NMP as a solvent was added to obtain a paste-like positive electrode mixture.
- the paste-like positive electrode mixture was applied to the surface of the current collector using a doctor blade to form a positive electrode active material layer.
- the positive electrode active material layer was dried at 80 ° C. for 20 minutes to remove NMP by volatilization.
- the aluminum foil having the positive electrode active material layer formed on the surface thereof was compressed using a roll press, and the aluminum foil and the positive electrode active material layer were firmly bonded.
- the joined product was heated in a vacuum dryer at 120 ° C. for 6 hours, cut into a predetermined shape, and a positive electrode was obtained.
- the negative electrode includes a negative electrode active material layer and a current collector covered with the negative electrode active material layer.
- the negative electrode active material layer has a negative electrode active material and a binder.
- 98 parts by mass of graphite as a negative electrode active material and 1 part by mass of SBR and 1 part by mass of CMC were mixed as a binder. This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of ion-exchanged water to prepare a slurry-like negative electrode mixture.
- the slurry-like negative electrode mixture was applied to a copper foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m, which is a negative electrode current collector, so as to form a film using a doctor blade to form a negative electrode active material layer.
- the composite material of the negative electrode active material layer and the current collector was dried and pressed, and the bonded product after pressing was heated in a vacuum dryer at 100 ° C. for 6 hours, cut into a predetermined shape, and used as a negative electrode.
- the graphite particles used had an aspect ratio of 2.1.
- Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 5-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5-1, except that the above positive electrode and negative electrode were used and the above-described electrolytic solution E11 was used as the electrolytic solution.
- Comparative Example 5-3 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 5-3 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5-2 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E11.
- Example 25 Cycle durability
- the battery was charged to 4.1 V under the conditions of CC charging at a temperature of 25 ° C. and 1 C, and after resting for 1 minute, the CC of 1 C
- a cycle test was conducted by repeating 500 cycles of discharging to 3.0 V and resting for 1 minute.
- the discharge capacity retention ratio at the 500th cycle was measured, and the results are shown in Table 23.
- the discharge capacity retention ratio is a value obtained as a percentage of the value obtained by dividing the discharge capacity at the 500th cycle by the initial discharge capacity ((discharge capacity at the 500th cycle) / (initial discharge capacity) ⁇ 100).
- FIG. 65 shows the change in the discharge capacity retention rate during the cycle test.
- the amount of voltage change when the CC discharge was performed for 10 seconds at 3 C was measured from the difference between the post-voltage and the current value according to Ohm's law.
- the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 5-2 has a low resistance even after cycling.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 5-2 has a high capacity retention rate and is hardly deteriorated.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention can take will be described in more detail with reference to test examples and reference test examples.
- the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the test example is EB
- the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the reference test example is CB.
- the difference between EB and CB lies in the electrolytic solution, and EB uses the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- a film S, O-containing film
- the following nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries include those described above.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB1 using the electrolytic solution E8 was produced as follows.
- the positive electrode was produced in the same manner as the positive electrode of the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery in Example 5-1, and the negative electrode was produced in the same manner as the negative electrode in the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery in Example 5-2.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5-1, except that experimental filter paper (Toyo Filter Paper Co., Ltd., cellulose, thickness: 260 ⁇ m) was used as the separator.
- experimental filter paper Toyo Filter Paper Co., Ltd., cellulose, thickness: 260 ⁇ m
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB2 is the same as EB1 except that the electrolytic solution E4 is used.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB3 is the same as EB1 except that the electrolytic solution E11 is used.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB4 is the same as EB1 except that the electrolytic solution E11 is used, the mixing ratio of the positive electrode active material, the conductive additive and the binder, and the separator.
- the basis weight of the active material layer in the positive electrode was 5.5 mg / cm 2 and the density was 2.5 g / cm 3 .
- the basis weight of the active material layer in the negative electrode was 3.8 mg / cm 2 , and the density was 1.1 g / cm 3 .
- a cellulose nonwoven fabric with a thickness of 20 ⁇ m was used as the separator.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB5 is the same as EB4 except that the electrolytic solution E8 is used.
- EB6 In the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB6, the type of the binder for the negative electrode and the mixing ratio of the negative electrode active material and the binder are the same as those of EB4.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB7 is the same as EB6 except that the electrolytic solution E8 is used.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB1 is the same as EB1 except that the electrolytic solution C5 is used.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB2 is the same as EB4 except that the electrolytic solution C5 is used.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB3 is the same as EB6 except that the electrolytic solution C5 is used.
- the film formed on the negative electrode surface of EB1 to EB7 is abbreviated as the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB1 to EB7, and the film formed on the negative electrode surface of CB1 to CB3 is referred to as CB1 to CB3.
- CB3 negative electrode film Abbreviated as CB3 negative electrode film.
- the film formed on the surface of the positive electrode in EB1 to EB7 is abbreviated as the film containing the positive electrode S, O of EB1 to EB7, and the film formed on the surface of the positive electrode in CB1 to CB3 is made of CB1 to CB3.
- FIG. 70 shows the result of analysis for elemental sulfur.
- the electrolytic solution in EB1 and the electrolytic solution in EB2 contain sulfur element (S), oxygen element and nitrogen element (N) in the salt.
- the electrolyte solution in CB1 does not contain these in the salt.
- the electrolyte solutions in EB1, EB2, and CB1 all contain a fluorine element (F), a carbon element (C), and an oxygen element (O) in the salt.
- each of the negative electrode S, O-containing film and the negative electrode film contains a component derived from the chemical structure of the anion of the metal salt (that is, the supporting salt).
- S elemental sulfur
- FIG. 70 The analysis result of elemental sulfur (S) shown in FIG. 70 was analyzed in more detail. About the analysis result of EB1 and EB2, peak separation was performed using the Gauss / Lorentz mixed function. 71 shows the analysis result of EB1, and FIG. 72 shows the analysis result of EB2.
- the negative electrode film of CB1 did not contain S exceeding the detection limit, but S was detected from the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB1 and the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB2. Further, the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB1 contained more S than the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB2. Since S was not detected from the negative electrode S, O-containing film of CB1, S contained in the negative electrode S, O-containing film of each test example was derived from inevitable impurities and other additives contained in the positive electrode active material. It can be said that it originates from the metal salt in the electrolyte solution.
- the S element ratio in the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB1 is 10.4 atomic% and the S element ratio in the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB2 is 3.7 atomic%
- the S element ratio in the negative electrode S, O-containing film is 2.0 atomic% or more, preferably 2.5 atomic% or more, more preferably 3.0 atomic% or more, More preferably, it is 3.5 atomic% or more.
- the elemental ratio (atomic%) of S indicates the peak intensity ratio of S when the sum of the peak intensities of S, N, F, C, and O is 100% as described above.
- the upper limit value of the element ratio of S is not particularly defined, but to be strong, it should be 25 atomic% or less.
- FIGS. 73 is a BF (Bright-field) -STEM image
- FIGS. 74 to 76 are element distribution images by STEM-EDX in the same observation region as FIG. 74 shows the analysis result for C
- FIG. 75 shows the analysis result for O
- FIG. 76 shows the analysis result for S. 74 to 76 show the analysis results of the negative electrode in the discharged nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery.
- FIG. 73 there is a black portion in the upper left part of the STEM image. This black part is derived from Pt deposited in the pretreatment of FIB processing.
- a portion above the Pt-derived portion (referred to as a Pt portion) can be regarded as a contaminated portion after Pt deposition. Therefore, in FIGS. 74 to 76, only the portion below the Pt portion was examined.
- C was layered below the Pt portion. This is considered to be a layered structure of graphite as a negative electrode active material.
- O exists in the part corresponding to the outer periphery and interlayer of graphite.
- S exists in the part corresponding to the outer periphery and interlayer of graphite. From these results, it is surmised that the negative electrode S, O-containing film containing S and O, such as the S ⁇ O structure, is formed between the surface and the interlayer of graphite.
- the thickness of the negative electrode S, O-containing film increases after charging. From this result, it is presumed that the negative electrode S, O-containing film has a fixing portion that stably exists with respect to charging and discharging and an adsorption portion that increases and decreases with charging and discharging. And it is estimated that the thickness of the negative electrode S, O-containing film increased or decreased during charging / discharging due to the presence of the adsorbing portion.
- the positive electrode S, O-containing film of EB1 also contains S and O.
- the positive electrode S, O-containing film of EB1 also has an S ⁇ O structure derived from the electrolytic solution of the present invention, like the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB1. I understand that.
- the height of the peak existing in the vicinity of 529 eV decreases after the cycle.
- This peak is considered to indicate the presence of O derived from the positive electrode active material.
- photoelectrons excited by O atoms in the positive electrode active material pass through the S, O-containing coating and are detected. It is thought that it was done. Since this peak decreased after the cycle, it is considered that the thickness of the S, O-containing film formed on the positive electrode surface increased with the cycle.
- O and S in the positive electrode S and O-containing film increased during discharging and decreased during charging. From this result, it is considered that O and S enter and leave the positive electrode S and O-containing film with charge and discharge. From this fact, the concentration of S and O in the positive electrode S and O-containing coating is increased or decreased during charging or discharging, or the presence of an adsorbing portion in the positive electrode S and O-containing coating as well as the negative electrode S and O-containing coating. It is estimated that the thickness increases or decreases.
- the positive electrode S, O-containing coating and the negative electrode S, O-containing coating were analyzed by XPS.
- EB4 was set to 25 ° C. and a working voltage range of 3.0 V to 4.1 V, and CC charge / discharge was repeated 500 cycles at a rate of 1C.
- the XPS spectrum of the positive electrode S, O-containing film was measured in a discharge state of 3.0 V and a charge state of 4.0 V.
- the negative electrode S, O-containing coating in the 3.0V discharge state before the cycle test (that is, after the first charge / discharge) and the negative electrode S, O-containing coating in the 3.0V discharge state after 500 cycles are measured by XPS.
- FIG. 79 and FIG. 80 show the analysis results of the positive electrode S, O-containing film of EB4 measured by XPS. Specifically, FIG. 79 shows the analysis result for sulfur element, and FIG. 80 shows the analysis result for oxygen element.
- Table 26 shows the S element ratio (atomic%) of the negative electrode S, O-containing coating. The S element ratio was calculated in the same manner as the above-mentioned item “S element ratio of negative electrode S, O-containing film”.
- the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB4 contained 2.0 atomic% or more of S even after the first charge / discharge and after 500 cycles. From this result, it can be seen that the negative electrode S, O-containing film in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention contains 2.0 atomic% or more of S before or after the cycle.
- EB4 to EB7 and CB2 and CB3 were subjected to a high temperature storage test that was stored at 60 ° C. for 1 week.
- the positive electrode S, O-containing film and negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB4 to EB7, and CB2, CB3 The positive electrode film and the negative electrode film were analyzed.
- CC-CV charging was performed at a rate of 0.33 C from 3.0 V to 4.1 V.
- the charge capacity at this time was set as a standard (SOC100), 20% of the standard was CC discharged and adjusted to SOC80, and then a high-temperature storage test was started.
- CC-CV discharge was performed to 3.0V at 1C.
- membrane was measured.
- 81 to 84 show the analysis results of the positive electrode S, O-containing films of EB4 to EB7 and the positive electrode films of CB2 and CB3 measured by XPS.
- 85 to 88 show the analysis results of the EB4 to EB7 negative electrode S, O-containing films and the CB2 and CB3 negative electrode films measured by XPS.
- FIG. 81 shows the analysis results for the elemental sulfur in the positive electrode S, O-containing coatings of EB4 and EB5 and the positive electrode coating of CB2.
- FIG. 82 shows the analysis results of the elemental sulfur of the positive electrode S, O-containing film of EB6 and EB7 and the positive electrode film of CB3.
- FIG. 83 shows the analysis results of oxygen elements in the positive electrode S, O-containing film of EB4 and EB5 and the positive electrode film of CB2.
- FIG. 84 shows analysis results of oxygen elements in the positive electrode S, O-containing films of EB6 and EB7 and the positive electrode film of CB3.
- FIG. 81 shows the analysis results for the elemental sulfur in the positive electrode S, O-containing coatings of EB4 and EB5 and the positive electrode coating of CB2.
- FIG. 82 shows the analysis results of the elemental sulfur of the positive electrode S, O-containing film of EB6 and EB7 and the positive electrode film of CB3.
- FIG. 83 shows
- FIG. 85 shows the analysis results of sulfur elements in the negative electrode S, O-containing films of EB4 and EB5 and the negative electrode film of CB2.
- FIG. 86 shows the analysis results of sulfur elements in the negative electrode S, O-containing films of EB6 and EB7 and the negative electrode film of CB3.
- FIG. 87 shows the results of analysis of oxygen elements in the negative electrode S, O-containing films of EB4 and EB5 and the negative electrode film of CB2.
- FIG. 88 shows the analysis results of oxygen elements in the negative electrode S, O-containing films of EB6 and EB7 and the negative electrode film of CB3.
- CB2 and CB3 using the conventional electrolytic solution do not contain S in the positive electrode film
- EB4 to EB7 using the electrolytic solution of the present invention contain positive electrodes S and O.
- the film contained S.
- EB4 to EB7 all contained O in the positive electrode S, O-containing coating.
- a peak around 170 eV indicating the presence of SO 2 (S ⁇ O structure) was detected from the positive electrode S, O-containing films in EB4 to EB7.
- a stable positive electrode S containing S and O is used both when AN is used as the organic solvent for the electrolytic solution and when DMC is used. It can be seen that an O-containing film is formed. Moreover, since this positive electrode S, O containing film is not influenced by the kind of negative electrode binder, it is thought that O in the positive electrode S, O containing film does not originate in CMC. Further, as shown in FIGS. 83 and 84, when DMC was used as the organic solvent for the electrolyte, an O peak derived from the positive electrode active material was detected in the vicinity of 530 eV. For this reason, when DMC is used as the organic solvent for the electrolytic solution, it is considered that the thickness of the positive electrode S, O-containing film is thinner than when AN is used.
- the XPS spectra of the negative electrode S, O-containing film and the negative electrode film after the above high-temperature storage test and discharge were measured, and the discharge in the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB4, EB5 and the negative electrode film of CB2
- the ratio of S element at the time was calculated. Specifically, for each negative electrode S, O-containing film or negative electrode film, the element ratio of S was calculated when the sum of the peak intensities of S, N, F, C, and O was 100%. The results are shown in Table 27.
- the negative electrode film of CB2 did not contain S exceeding the detection limit, but S was detected from the negative electrode S, O-containing films of EB4 and EB5. Further, the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB5 contained more S than the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB4. Further, from this result, it is understood that the S element ratio in the negative electrode S, O-containing film is 2.0 atomic% or more even after high temperature storage.
- EB8 uses the electrolytic solution E11.
- E11 is the same as the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 5-1, except for the composition of the negative electrode mixture, the mixing ratio of the negative electrode active material and the conductive additive, the separator, and the electrolytic solution.
- EB9 uses the electrolytic solution E13.
- EB9 is the same as EB8 except for the electrolytic solution.
- EB10 is the same as EB8 except that electrolytic solution E8 is used.
- CB4 is the same as EB8 except that electrolytic solution C5 is used.
- CC charging / discharging that is, constant current charging / discharging
- room temperature in the range of 3.0 V to 4.1 V (vs. Li standard).
- the AC impedance after the first charge / discharge and the AC impedance after 100 cycles were measured.
- the reaction resistances of the electrolytic solution, the negative electrode, and the positive electrode were each analyzed.
- FIG. 89 two circular arcs were seen in the complex impedance plane plot. The arc on the left side of the figure (that is, the side where the real part of the complex impedance is small) is called the first arc.
- the arc on the right side in the figure is called the second arc.
- the reaction resistance of the negative electrode was analyzed based on the size of the first arc
- the reaction resistance of the positive electrode was analyzed based on the size of the second arc.
- the resistance of the electrolytic solution was analyzed based on the leftmost plot in FIG. 89 continuous with the first arc.
- Table 28 shows the resistance (so-called solution resistance) of the electrolytic solution after the first charge / discharge, the reaction resistance of the negative electrode, and the reaction resistance of the positive electrode
- Table 29 shows each resistance after 100 cycles.
- the negative electrode reaction resistance and the positive electrode reaction resistance after 100 cycles tend to be lower than the respective resistances after the first charge / discharge.
- each non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery has a difference in durability even though the same polymer (CMC-SBR) having a hydrophilic group is used as a binder for the negative electrode. That is, after 100 cycles shown in Table 29, the negative electrode reaction resistance and the positive electrode reaction resistance of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of EB8, EB9, and EB10 are the negative electrode reaction resistance and the positive electrode reaction resistance of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of CB4.
- CMC-SBR polymer having a hydrophilic group
- the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of CB4 did not use the electrolytic solution of the present invention, whereas the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of EB8, EB9, and EB10 used the electrolytic solution of the present invention. It is thought to be caused by. That is, it can be said that the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention using the electrolytic solution of the present invention is excellent in durability because the reaction resistance is reduced after the cycle.
- EB8, EB9, and EB10 use the electrolytic solution of the present invention, and S and O-containing films derived from the electrolytic solution of the present invention are formed on the surfaces of the negative electrode and the positive electrode.
- CB4 which does not use the electrolytic solution of the present invention, the S, O-containing film is not formed on the surfaces of the negative electrode and the positive electrode.
- the negative electrode reaction resistance and the positive electrode reaction resistance of EB8, EB9, and EB10 are lower than CB4. From this, in each test example, it is guessed that the negative electrode reaction resistance and the positive electrode reaction resistance were reduced due to the presence of the S, O-containing film derived from the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
- the solution resistance of the electrolyte solution in EB10 and CB4 is substantially the same, and the solution resistance of the electrolyte solution in EB8 and EB9 is higher than that of EB10 and CB4.
- the solution resistance of each electrolyte solution in each non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery is substantially the same after the first charge / discharge and after 100 cycles. For this reason, it is considered that durability deterioration of each electrolyte solution does not occur, and the difference between the negative electrode reaction resistance and the positive electrode reaction resistance generated in the above reference test examples and test examples is not related to the durability deterioration of the electrolyte solution. It is thought that this occurs in the electrode itself.
- the internal resistance of the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery can be comprehensively determined from the solution resistance of the electrolytic solution, the reaction resistance of the negative electrode, and the reaction resistance of the positive electrode. Based on the results of Table 28 and Table 29, it can be said that EB8 and EB9 are particularly excellent in durability, and then EB10 is excellent in durability from the viewpoint of suppressing the increase in internal resistance of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery. .
- EC in the electrolytic solution is considered to be a material for the SEI film.
- EC is blended in the electrolytic solution.
- EB8 EB9, and EB10 did not include EC as a material for SEI, they exhibited a capacity retention rate equivalent to that of CB4 including EC. This is thought to be because the S and O-containing coating derived from the electrolytic solution of the present invention is present on the positive electrode and the negative electrode in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of each test example.
- EB8 showed a very high capacity retention rate even after 500 cycles, and was particularly excellent in durability. Therefore, when DMC was selected as the organic solvent, it was more durable than when AN was selected. It can be said that the property is improved.
- the remaining capacity of EB8 and EB10 is larger than the remaining capacity of CB4. From this result, it can be said that the S, O-containing coating derived from the electrolytic solution of the present invention and formed on the positive electrode and the negative electrode contributes to an increase in the remaining capacity.
- Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB11 was produced in the same manner as EB1 except for the basis weight of the positive electrode and the negative electrode.
- the basis weight of the active material layer in the positive electrode was 5.5 mg / cm 2
- the basis weight of the active material layer in the negative electrode was 4.0 mg / cm 2 .
- the basis weight of the active material layer here refers to the basis weight after roll press and drying.
- the basis weight of the active material layer in the positive electrode was 11.0 mg / cm 2
- the basis weight of the active material layer in the negative electrode was 8.0 mg / cm 2 .
- Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB5 was produced in the same manner as CB1 except for the weights of the positive electrode and the negative electrode.
- the basis weight of the active material layer in the positive electrode was 5.5 mg / cm 2 as in EB11, and the basis weight of the active material layer in the negative electrode was also 4.0 mg / cm 2 as in EB11. Note that the basis weight of the active material layer in the positive electrodes of EB11 and CB5 and the basis weight of the active material layer in the negative electrode were half of EB1 and CB1.
- the basis weight of the positive electrode and the negative electrode in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 5-2 was the same as that of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 5-1.
- Rate capacity characteristics The rate capacity characteristics of EB1 and CB1 were evaluated by the following methods. The capacity of each battery was adjusted to 160 mAh / g. The evaluation condition was that each non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was charged at a rate of 0.1 C, 0.2 C, 0.5 C, 1 C, 2 C, and then discharged, and the capacity of the working electrode at each rate (discharge) Capacity). Table 33 shows the discharge capacity after 0.1 C discharge and after 1 C discharge. The discharge capacity shown in Table 33 is the capacity calculated per mass (g) of the positive electrode active material.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention is excellent in rate capacity characteristics. As described above, this is because the electrolyte in the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention is different from the conventional one, and S, O formed on the negative electrode and / or the positive electrode of the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention. It is thought that the contained film is also different from the conventional film.
- Evaluation Example 32 Output characteristic evaluation at 0 °, SOC 20%
- the output characteristics of EB1 and CB1 described above were evaluated.
- the evaluation conditions are a state of charge (SOC) 20%, 0 ° C., a working voltage range 3V-4.2V, and a capacity 13.5 mAh.
- SOC 20%, 0 ° C. is a region where output characteristics are difficult to be obtained, for example, when used in a refrigerator room.
- Evaluation of the output characteristics of EB1 and CB1 was performed three times for each of the 2-second output and the 5-second output. The evaluation results of the output characteristics are shown in Table 34.
- the ratio of the output at 0 ° C. to the output at 25 ° C. (0 ° C. output / 25 ° C. output) at the output of 2 seconds and 5 seconds is about the same as CB1, and EB1 was found to be able to suppress a decrease in output at a low temperature to the same extent as CB1.
- EB4 was charged and discharged at 25 ° C. for 3 cycles, then disassembled in a 3V discharge state, and the positive electrode was taken out. Separately, EB4 was charged and discharged at 25 ° C. for 500 cycles, then disassembled in a 3V discharge state, and the positive electrode was taken out. Separately from this, EB4 was charged and discharged at 25 ° C. for 3 cycles, then left at 60 ° C. for one month, disassembled in a 3V discharge state, and the positive electrode was taken out. Each positive electrode was washed with DMC three times to obtain a positive electrode for analysis. In addition, the positive electrode S and O containing film was formed in the said positive electrode, and the structural information of the molecule
- Each positive electrode for analysis was analyzed by TOF-SIMS.
- a time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometer was used as a mass spectrometer, and positive secondary ions and negative secondary ions were measured.
- Bi was used as the primary ion source, and the primary acceleration voltage was 25 kV.
- Ar-GCIB Ar1500 was used as the sputter ion source.
- Tables 37 to 39 The measurement results are shown in Tables 37 to 39.
- the positive ion intensity (relative value) of each fragment is a relative value with the total positive ion intensity of all detected fragments as 100%.
- the negative ionic strength (relative value) of each fragment described in Table 39 is a relative value where the sum of the negative ionic strengths of all the detected fragments is 100%.
- the fragments presumed to be derived from the solvent of the electrolytic solution were only C 3 H 3 and C 4 H 3 detected as positive secondary ions.
- a fragment presumed to be derived from a salt of the electrolytic solution is mainly detected as a negative secondary ion, and has a higher ionic strength than the above-described fragment derived from a solvent.
- fragments containing Li are mainly detected as positive secondary ions, and the ionic strength of the fragments containing Li accounts for a large proportion of positive secondary ions and negative secondary ions.
- the main component of the S, O-containing film is a component derived from the metal salt contained in the electrolytic solution, and that the S, O-containing film contains a large amount of Li.
- SNO 2 , SFO 2 , S 2 F 2 NO 4, and the like have also been detected as fragments estimated to be derived from salts.
- the conventional electrolyte solution introduced in, for example, JP-A-2013-145732 that is, a conventional electrolyte solution containing EC as an organic solvent, LiPF 6 as a metal salt, and LiFSA as an additive
- S is taken into the decomposition product of the organic solvent.
- S is considered to exist as ions such as C p H q S (p and q are independent integers) in the negative electrode film and / or the positive electrode film.
- the fragment containing S detected from the S, O-containing film is mainly a fragment reflecting the anion structure, not the C p H q S fragment. This also reveals that the S, O-containing coating is fundamentally different from the coating formed on the conventional nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the electrolytic solution E8 was produced as follows.
- An aluminum foil (JIS A1000 series) having a diameter of 13.82 mm, an area of 1.5 cm 2 and a thickness of 20 ⁇ m was used as a working electrode, and the counter electrode was metal Li.
- As the separator Whatman glass fiber filter paper having a thickness of 400 ⁇ m: No. 1825-055 was used.
- a working electrode, a counter electrode, a separator, and an electrolyte solution of E8 were housed in a battery case (CR2032-type coin cell case manufactured by Hosen Co., Ltd.) to obtain a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB12.
- EB13 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB13 was obtained in the same manner as EB12 except that the electrolytic solution E11 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
- EB14 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB14 was obtained in the same manner as EB12 except that the electrolytic solution E16 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
- EB15 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB15 was obtained in the same manner as EB12 except that the electrolytic solution E19 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
- EB16 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB16 was obtained in the same manner as EB12 except that the electrolytic solution E13 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
- CB6 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB6 was obtained in the same manner as EB12 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
- CB7 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB7 was obtained in the same manner as EB12 except that the electrolytic solution C6 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
- 91 to 99 are graphs showing the relationship between the potential and response current for EB12 to EB15 and CB6. Further, graphs showing the relationship between the potential and response current with respect to EB13, EB16, and CB7 are shown in FIGS.
- the electrolytes E8, E11, E16, and E19 can be said to be suitable electrolytes for batteries using aluminum as a current collector or the like.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB17 using the electrolytic solution E8 was produced as follows. 94 parts by mass of NCM523 as a positive electrode active material, 3 parts by mass of AB as a conductive additive, and 3 parts by mass of PVdF as a binder were mixed. This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of NMP to obtain a slurry-like positive electrode mixture. An aluminum foil (JIS A1000 series) having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m was prepared as a positive electrode current collector. The surface of the positive electrode current collector was applied using a doctor blade so that the positive electrode mixture was in the form of a film. NMP was removed by volatilization by drying the positive electrode current collector coated with the positive electrode mixture at 80 ° C.
- the negative electrode mixture was applied to the surface of the negative electrode current collector in the form of a film using a doctor blade.
- the negative electrode current collector coated with the negative electrode mixture was dried to remove water, and then a composite of the negative electrode mixture and the negative electrode current collector was pressed to obtain a bonded product.
- the obtained joined product was heat-dried at 100 ° C. for 6 hours with a vacuum dryer to obtain a negative electrode in which a negative electrode active material layer was formed on the negative electrode current collector.
- a cellulose nonwoven fabric having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m was prepared as a separator.
- a separator was sandwiched between the positive electrode and the negative electrode to form an electrode plate group.
- the electrode plate group was covered with a set of two laminated films, and the three sides were sealed, and then the electrolyte solution E8 was injected into the laminated film in a bag shape. Thereafter, the remaining one side was sealed to obtain a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB17 in which the four sides were hermetically sealed, and the electrode plate group and the electrolyte were sealed.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB18 using the electrolytic solution E8 was produced as follows.
- the positive electrode was manufactured in the same manner as the positive electrode of EB17.
- 90 parts by mass of natural graphite as a negative electrode active material and 10 parts by mass of PVdF as a binder were mixed. This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of ion-exchanged water to obtain a slurry-like negative electrode mixture.
- a copper foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m was prepared as a negative electrode current collector.
- the negative electrode mixture was applied to the surface of the copper foil in the form of a film using a doctor blade.
- the composite of the negative electrode mixture and the negative electrode current collector was dried to remove water, and then pressed to obtain a bonded product.
- the obtained joined product was heat-dried at 120 ° C. for 6 hours with a vacuum dryer to obtain a negative electrode in which a negative electrode active material layer was formed on the negative electrode current collector.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB18 was obtained in the same manner as EB17.
- CB8 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB8 was obtained in the same manner as EB17 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used.
- CB9 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB9 was obtained in the same manner as EB18 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used.
- “2 second input” means an input after 2 seconds from the start of charging
- “5 seconds input” means an input after 5 seconds from the start of charging.
- the input of EB17 was significantly higher than the input of CB8 regardless of the difference in temperature.
- the EB18 input was significantly higher than the CB9 input.
- the battery input density of EB17 was significantly higher than that of CB8.
- the battery input density of EB18 was significantly higher than the battery input density of CB9.
- “2 seconds output” means an output 2 seconds after the start of discharge
- “5 seconds output” means an output 5 seconds after the start of discharge.
- the output of EB17 was significantly higher than the output of CB8 regardless of the difference in temperature.
- the output of EB18 was significantly higher than that of CB9.
- the battery output density of EB17 was significantly higher than that of CB8.
- the battery output density of EB18 was significantly higher than that of CB9.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB19 using the electrolytic solution E8 was produced as follows.
- the positive electrode was manufactured in the same manner as the positive electrode of EB17.
- a negative electrode was obtained in the same manner as in EB17.
- As a separator experimental filter paper (Toyo Filter Paper Co., Ltd., cellulose, thickness 260 ⁇ m) was prepared.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB19 was obtained in the same manner as EB17.
- CB10 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB10 was obtained in the same manner as EB19 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used.
- FIG. 106 shows a DSC chart when the positive electrode active material layer in the charged state of EB19 and the electrolyte coexist.
- FIG. 107 shows DSC charts when the positive electrode active material layer in the charged state of CB10 and the electrolyte coexist, respectively.
- the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the electrolytic solution of the present invention is more reactive with the positive electrode active material and the electrolytic solution than the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the conventional electrolytic solution. It can be seen that it is low and has excellent thermal stability.
- the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention can be used for secondary batteries, electric double layer capacitors, lithium ion capacitors, and the like. It is also useful as a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery for motor drive of electric vehicles and hybrid vehicles, personal computers, portable communication devices, home appliances, office equipment, industrial equipment, etc. Especially, large capacity and high output are required. It can be optimally used for driving a motor of a simple electric vehicle or hybrid vehicle.
Abstract
Description
本発明の非水電解質二次電池(1)は、電解液と負極活物質との最適な組み合わせによってレート容量特性の向上を図るとともに、サイクル特性も改良することを解決すべき主たる課題としたものである。本発明の非水電解質二次電池(1)は、本発明の電解液と、ラマンスペクトルにおいてG-bandとD-bandのピークの比であるG/D比が3.5以上の黒鉛を含む負極活物質層をもつ負極と、を具備する。このような本発明の非水電解質二次電池(1)は、レート容量特性およびサイクル特性の向上した非水電解質二次電池である。負極活物質としてG/D比が3.5未満の黒鉛を用いた場合には、同じ本発明の電解液を用いてもレート容量とサイクル特性とを両立し難い問題がある。しかし、負極活物質として、G/D比が3.5以上の黒鉛を用いることでレート容量特性が向上し、かつ、サイクル特性も向上する。 The non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention is intended to improve battery characteristics by an optimal combination of an electrolytic solution and a negative electrode active material. Therefore, there are no particular limitations on other battery components, such as the positive electrode. Moreover, the charge carrier in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention may be a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery using lithium as a charge carrier (for example, a lithium secondary battery or a lithium ion secondary battery), or sodium as a charge carrier. It may be a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery (for example, a sodium secondary battery or a sodium ion secondary battery).
The non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1) of the present invention is a main problem that should be solved by improving the rate capacity characteristics and improving the cycle characteristics by an optimal combination of the electrolytic solution and the negative electrode active material. It is. The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1) of the present invention includes the electrolyte of the present invention and graphite having a G / D ratio of 3.5 or more, which is a ratio of G-band and D-band peaks in the Raman spectrum. A negative electrode having a negative electrode active material layer. Such a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1) of the present invention is a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery having improved rate capacity characteristics and cycle characteristics. When graphite having a G / D ratio of less than 3.5 is used as the negative electrode active material, there is a problem that it is difficult to achieve both rate capacity and cycle characteristics even when the same electrolytic solution of the present invention is used. However, by using graphite having a G / D ratio of 3.5 or more as the negative electrode active material, the rate capacity characteristics are improved and the cycle characteristics are also improved.
本発明の電解液は、アルカリ金属、アルカリ土類金属またはアルミニウムをカチオンとする塩(以下、「金属塩」または単に「塩」ということがある。)とヘテロ原子を有する有機溶媒とを含み、振動分光スペクトルにおける有機溶媒由来のピーク強度につき、有機溶媒本来のピークの強度をIoとし、有機溶媒本来のピークが波数シフトしたピークの強度をIsとした場合、Is>Ioである。 <Electrolyte>
The electrolytic solution of the present invention includes a salt having alkali metal, alkaline earth metal or aluminum as a cation (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “metal salt” or simply “salt”) and an organic solvent having a hetero atom, With respect to the peak intensity derived from the organic solvent in the vibrational spectrum, if the intensity of the peak inherent to the organic solvent is Io and the intensity of the peak obtained by wave number shifting of the peak inherent to the organic solvent is Is, Is> Io.
金属塩は、通常、電池の電解液に含まれるLiClO4、LiAsF6、LiPF6、LiBF4、LiAlCl4、などの電解質として用いられる化合物であれば良い。金属塩のカチオンとしては、リチウム、ナトリウム、カリウムなどのアルカリ金属、ベリリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、ストロンチウム、バリウムなどのアルカリ土類金属、およびアルミニウムを挙げることができる。金属塩のカチオンは、電解液を使用する電池の電荷担体と同一の金属イオンであるのが好ましい。例えば、本発明の電解液をリチウムイオン二次電池用の電解液として使用するのであれば、金属塩のカチオンはリチウムが好ましい。 [Metal salt]
The metal salt may be a compound that is usually used as an electrolyte, such as LiClO 4 , LiAsF 6 , LiPF 6 , LiBF 4 , LiAlCl 4 , etc. contained in the battery electrolyte. Examples of the cation of the metal salt include alkali metals such as lithium, sodium and potassium, alkaline earth metals such as beryllium, magnesium, calcium, strontium and barium, and aluminum. The cation of the metal salt is preferably the same metal ion as the charge carrier of the battery using the electrolytic solution. For example, if the electrolytic solution of the present invention is used as an electrolytic solution for a lithium ion secondary battery, the metal salt cation is preferably lithium.
(R1は、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
R2は、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、R1とR2は、互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
X1は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RaP=O、RbP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
X2は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RcP=O、RdP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
Ra、Rb、Rc、Rdは、それぞれ独立に、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、OH、SH、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、Ra、Rb、Rc、Rdは、R1またはR2と結合して環を形成しても良い。) (R 1 X 1 ) (R 2 X 2 ) N... General formula (1)
(R 1 is hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent, or an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent , An unsaturated alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, or OCN Is done.
R 2 represents hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent, an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, Selected from an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, OCN The
R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
X 1 is selected from SO 2 , C = O, C = S, R a P = O, R b P = S, S = O, Si = O.
X 2 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R c P = O, R d P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
R a , R b , R c , and R d are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent , An alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, and a non-optionally substituted substituent. Selected from saturated thioalkoxy groups, OH, SH, CN, SCN, OCN.
R a , R b , R c , and R d may combine with R 1 or R 2 to form a ring. )
(R3は、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
X3は、SO2、C=O、C=S、ReP=O、RfP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
Re、Rfは、それぞれ独立に、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、OH、SH、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、Re、Rfは、R3と結合して環を形成しても良い。
Yは、O、Sから選択される。) R 3 X 3 Y: General formula (2)
(R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent, or an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent , An unsaturated alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, or OCN Is done.
X 3 is selected from SO 2 , C = O, C = S, R e P = O, R f P = S, S = O, and Si = O.
R e and R f are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a group that may be substituted with a substituent. A saturated alkyl group, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group that may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted with a substituent, and a substituent An alkoxy group which may be substituted, an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, OH , SH, CN, SCN, and OCN.
R e and R f may combine with R 3 to form a ring.
Y is selected from O and S. )
(R4は、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
R5は、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
R6は、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、R4、R5、R6のうち、いずれか二つまたは三つが結合して環を形成しても良い。
X4は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RgP=O、RhP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
X5は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RiP=O、RjP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
X6は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RkP=O、RlP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
Rg、Rh、Ri、Rj、Rk、Rlは、それぞれ独立に、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、OH、SH、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、Rg、Rh、Ri、Rj、Rk、Rlは、R4、R5またはR6と結合して環を形成しても良い。) (R 4 X 4 ) (R 5 X 5 ) (R 6 X 6 ) C ... General formula (3)
(R 4 is hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent, or an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent , An unsaturated alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, or OCN Is done.
R 5 represents hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent, an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, Selected from an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, OCN The
R 6 is hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent, an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, Selected from an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, OCN The
Further, any two or three of R 4 , R 5 and R 6 may be bonded to form a ring.
X 4 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R g P = O, R h P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
X 5 is selected from SO 2 , C = O, C = S, R i P = O, R j P = S, S = O, Si = O.
X 6 is selected from SO 2 , C = O, C = S, R k P = O, R 1 P = S, S = O, Si = O.
R g , R h , R i , R j , R k , and R l are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a cycloalkyl that may be substituted with a substituent. Group, an unsaturated alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent that is substituted with a substituent A heterocyclic group which may be substituted, an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, and a substituent It is selected from an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted, OH, SH, CN, SCN, OCN.
R g , R h , R i , R j , R k , and R l may combine with R 4 , R 5, or R 6 to form a ring. )
(R7、R8は、それぞれ独立に、CnHaFbClcBrdIe(CN)f(SCN)g(OCN)hである。
n、a、b、c、d、e、f、g、hはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たす。
また、R7とR8は、互いに結合して環を形成しても良く、その場合は、2n=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たす。
X7は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RmP=O、RnP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
X8は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RoP=O、RpP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
Rm、Rn、Ro、Rpは、それぞれ独立に、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、OH、SH、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、Rm、Rn、Ro、Rpは、R7またはR8と結合して環を形成しても良い。) (R 7 X 7 ) (R 8 X 8 ) N ... General formula (4)
(R 7 and R 8 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e (CN) f (SCN) g (OCN) h .
n, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, and h are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and satisfy 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h.
R 7 and R 8 may combine with each other to form a ring, in which case 2n = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h is satisfied.
X 7 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R m P = O, R n P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
X 8 is selected from SO 2 , C = O, C = S, R o P = O, R p P = S, S = O, Si = O.
R m , R n , R o , and R p are each independently substituted with hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent , An alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, and a non-optionally substituted substituent. Selected from saturated thioalkoxy groups, OH, SH, CN, SCN, OCN.
R m , R n , R o , and R p may combine with R 7 or R 8 to form a ring. )
(R9は、CnHaFbClcBrdIe(CN)f(SCN)g(OCN)hである。
n、a、b、c、d、e、f、g、hはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たす。
X9は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RqP=O、RrP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
Rq、Rrは、それぞれ独立に、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、OH、SH、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、Rq、Rrは、R9と結合して環を形成しても良い。
Yは、O、Sから選択される。) R 9 X 9 Y: General formula (5)
(R 9 is a C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e (CN) f (SCN) g (OCN) h.
n, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, and h are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and satisfy 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h.
X 9 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R q P = O, R r P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
R q and R r are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a group that may be substituted with a substituent. A saturated alkyl group, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group that may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted with a substituent, and a substituent An alkoxy group which may be substituted, an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, OH , SH, CN, SCN, and OCN.
R q and R r may combine with R 9 to form a ring.
Y is selected from O and S. )
(R10、R11、R12は、それぞれ独立に、CnHaFbClcBrdIe(CN)f(SCN)g(OCN)hである。
n、a、b、c、d、e、f、g、hはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たす。
R10、R11、R12のうちいずれか二つが結合して環を形成しても良く、その場合、環を形成する基は2n=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たす。また、R10、R11、R12の三つが結合して環を形成しても良く、その場合、三つのうち二つの基が2n=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たし、一つの基が2n-1=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たす。
X10は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RsP=O、RtP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
X11は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RuP=O、RvP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
X12は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RwP=O、RxP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
Rs、Rt、Ru、Rv、Rw、Rxは、それぞれ独立に、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、OH、SH、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、Rs、Rt、Ru、Rv、Rw、Rxは、R10、R11またはR12と結合して環を形成しても良い。) (R 10 X 10 ) (R 11 X 11 ) (R 12 X 12 ) C ... General formula (6)
(R 10 , R 11 , and R 12 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e (CN) f (SCN) g (OCN) h .
n, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, and h are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and satisfy 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h.
Any two of R 10 , R 11 , and R 12 may combine to form a ring, in which case the group forming the ring satisfies 2n = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h. Three of R 10 , R 11 and R 12 may combine to form a ring, in which case two of the three satisfy 2n = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h, and one group satisfies 2n−1 = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h. Fulfill.
X 10 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R s P = O, R t P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
X 11 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R u P = O, R v P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
X 12 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R w P = O, R x P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
R s , R t , R u , R v , R w , and R x are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a cycloalkyl that may be substituted with a substituent. Group, an unsaturated alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent that is substituted with a substituent A heterocyclic group which may be substituted, an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, and a substituent It is selected from an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted, OH, SH, CN, SCN, OCN.
R s , R t , R u , R v , R w , and R x may combine with R 10 , R 11, or R 12 to form a ring. )
(R13、R14は、それぞれ独立に、CnHaFbClcBrdIeである。
n、a、b、c、d、eはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+eを満たす。
また、R13とR14は、互いに結合して環を形成しても良く、その場合は、2n=a+b+c+d+eを満たす。) (R 13 SO 2 ) (R 14 SO 2 ) N... General formula (7)
(R 13 and R 14 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e .
n, a, b, c, d, and e are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and satisfy 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e.
R 13 and R 14 may combine with each other to form a ring, in which case 2n = a + b + c + d + e is satisfied. )
(R15は、CnHaFbClcBrdIeである。
n、a、b、c、d、eはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+eを満たす。) R 15 SO 3 ... General formula (8)
(R 15 is a C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e.
n, a, b, c, d, and e are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and satisfy 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e. )
(R16、R17、R18は、それぞれ独立に、CnHaFbClcBrdIeである。
n、a、b、c、d、eはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+eを満たす。
R16、R17、R18のうちいずれか二つが結合して環を形成しても良く、その場合、環を形成する基は2n=a+b+c+d+eを満たす。また、R16、R17、R18の三つが結合して環を形成しても良く、その場合、三つのうち二つの基が2n=a+b+c+d+eを満たし、一つの基が2n-1=a+b+c+d+eを満たす。) (R 16 SO 2 ) (R 17 SO 2 ) (R 18 SO 2 ) C General formula (9)
(R 16 , R 17 , and R 18 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e .
n, a, b, c, d, and e are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and satisfy 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e.
Any two of R 16 , R 17 and R 18 may combine to form a ring, in which case the group forming the ring satisfies 2n = a + b + c + d + e. Three of R 16 , R 17 and R 18 may combine to form a ring, in which case two of the three satisfy 2n = a + b + c + d + e, and one group satisfies 2n−1 = a + b + c + d + e. Fulfill. )
ヘテロ元素を有する有機溶媒としては、ヘテロ元素が窒素、酸素、硫黄、ハロゲンから選択される少なくとも1つである有機溶媒が好ましく、ヘテロ元素が窒素または酸素から選択される少なくとも1つである有機溶媒がより好ましい。また、ヘテロ元素を有する有機溶媒としては、NH基、NH2基、OH基、SH基などのプロトン供与基を有さない、非プロトン性溶媒が好ましい。 [Organic solvent]
As the organic solvent having a hetero element, an organic solvent in which the hetero element is at least one selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and halogen is preferable, and an organic solvent in which the hetero element is at least one selected from nitrogen or oxygen Is more preferable. As the organic solvent having a hetero element, an aprotic solvent having no proton donating group such as NH group, NH 2 group, OH group, and SH group is preferable.
(R19、R20は、それぞれ独立に、鎖状アルキルであるCnHaFbClcBrdIe、または、環状アルキルを化学構造に含むCmHfFgClhBriIjのいずれかから選択される。n、a、b、c、d、e、m、f、g、h、i、jはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+e、2m=f+g+h+i+jを満たす。) R 19 OCOOR 20 ··· General formula (10)
(R 19 and R 20 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e which is a chain alkyl, or C m H f F g Cl h Br i I containing a cyclic alkyl in the chemical structure. .n selected from any of j, a, b, c, d, e, m, f, g, h, i, j are each independently an integer of 0 or more, 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e, 2m = f + g + h + i + j Meet)
本発明の電解液におけるd/cは0.15≦d/c≦0.71であり、0.15≦d/c≦0.56の範囲内が好ましく、0.25≦d/c≦0.56の範囲内がより好ましく、0.26≦d/c≦0.50の範囲内がさらに好ましく、0.27≦d/c≦0.47の範囲内が特に好ましい。 The density d (g / cm 3 ) in the electrolytic solution of the present invention is preferably d ≧ 1.2 or d ≦ 2.2, more preferably 1.2 ≦ d ≦ 2.2. A range of 24 ≦ d ≦ 2.0 is more preferable, a range of 1.26 ≦ d ≦ 1.8 is more preferable, and a range of 1.27 ≦ d ≦ 1.6 is particularly preferable. The density d (g / cm 3 ) in the electrolytic solution of the present invention means the density at 20 ° C. D / c described below is a value obtained by dividing the above d by the salt concentration c (mol / L).
In the electrolytic solution of the present invention, d / c is 0.15 ≦ d / c ≦ 0.71, preferably 0.15 ≦ d / c ≦ 0.56, and 0.25 ≦ d / c ≦ 0. Within the range of .56, more preferably within the range of 0.26 ≦ d / c ≦ 0.50, and particularly preferably within the range of 0.27 ≦ d / c ≦ 0.47.
負極は、集電体と、集電体表面に結着させた負極活物質層とを有する。 <Negative electrode>
The negative electrode has a current collector and a negative electrode active material layer bound to the current collector surface.
集電体は、非水電解質二次電池の放電または充電の間、電極に電流を流し続けるための化学的に不活性な電子高伝導体をいう。集電体としては、銀、銅、金、アルミニウム、タングステン、コバルト、亜鉛、ニッケル、鉄、白金、錫、インジウム、チタン、ルテニウム、タンタル、クロム、モリブデンから選ばれる少なくとも一種、並びにステンレス鋼などの金属材料を例示することができる。集電体は公知の保護層で被覆されていても良い。集電体の表面を公知の方法で処理したものを集電体として用いても良い。 [Current collector]
The current collector refers to a chemically inert electronic high conductor that keeps a current flowing through an electrode during discharge or charging of a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery. As the current collector, at least one selected from silver, copper, gold, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, zinc, nickel, iron, platinum, tin, indium, titanium, ruthenium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, and stainless steel Metal materials can be exemplified. The current collector may be covered with a known protective layer. What collected the surface of the electrical power collector by the well-known method may be used as an electrical power collector.
負極活物質層は負極活物質と一般にバインダを含む。さらに、必要に応じて導電助剤を含んでも良い。 [Negative electrode active material layer]
The negative electrode active material layer includes a negative electrode active material and generally a binder. Furthermore, you may contain a conductive support agent as needed.
非水電解質二次電池(1)における負極活物質は、G/D比が3.5以上の黒鉛を含む。G/D比とは、上述したように、ラマンスペクトルにおけるG-bandとD-bandのピークの比である。黒鉛のラマンスペクトルにおいては、G-band(1590cm-1付近)とD-band(1350cm-1付近)にそれぞれピークが現れ、G-bandはグラファイト構造に由来し、D-bandは欠陥に由来する。したがって、G-bandとD-bandの比であるG/D比が高いほど欠陥が少なく結晶性の高い黒鉛であることを意味する。以下、G/D比が3.5以上の黒鉛を高結晶性黒鉛、G/D比が3.5未満の黒鉛を低結晶性黒鉛と呼ぶことがある。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1)>
The negative electrode active material in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1) contains graphite having a G / D ratio of 3.5 or more. As described above, the G / D ratio is the ratio of the G-band and D-band peaks in the Raman spectrum. In the Raman spectrum of graphite, each peak appears in the G-band (1590cm -1 vicinity) and D-band (1350cm around -1), G-band 'is derived from the graphite structure, D-band' is to be attributed to a defect . Therefore, the higher the G / D ratio, which is the ratio of G-band to D-band, means that the graphite has fewer defects and higher crystallinity. Hereinafter, graphite having a G / D ratio of 3.5 or more may be referred to as high crystalline graphite, and graphite having a G / D ratio of less than 3.5 may be referred to as low crystalline graphite.
非水電解質二次電池(2)における負極活物質は、結晶子サイズが20nm以下の炭素材料を含む。結晶子サイズは、上述したように、X線回折法で測定されるX線回折プロファイルにおいて2θ=20度~30度に現れるピークの半値幅から算出される。結晶子サイズが大きいほど、原子がある規則に従い周期的かつ正確に配列していることを意味する。一方、結晶子サイズが20nm以下の炭素材料は、その周期性、正確性が乏しい状態にあるといえる。例えば炭素材料が黒鉛であれば、黒鉛結晶の大きさが20nm以下であるか、歪み、欠陥、不純物等の影響によって黒鉛を構成する原子の配列の規則性が乏しい状態となることで、結晶子サイズは20nm以下になる。本発明の非水電解質二次電池(2)は、結晶子サイズが5nm以下である炭素材料を用いることが特に好ましい。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (2)>
The negative electrode active material in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (2) includes a carbon material having a crystallite size of 20 nm or less. As described above, the crystallite size is calculated from the half width of the peak appearing at 2θ = 20 degrees to 30 degrees in the X-ray diffraction profile measured by the X-ray diffraction method. A larger crystallite size means that the atoms are arranged periodically and accurately according to a certain rule. On the other hand, it can be said that a carbon material having a crystallite size of 20 nm or less has poor periodicity and accuracy. For example, if the carbon material is graphite, the size of the graphite crystal is 20 nm or less, or due to the influence of strain, defects, impurities, etc., the regularity of the arrangement of the atoms constituting the graphite becomes poor. The size is 20 nm or less. In the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (2) of the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use a carbon material having a crystallite size of 5 nm or less.
ここで、
L:結晶子の大きさ
λ:入射X線波長(1.54Å)
β:ピークの半値幅(ラジアン)
θ:回折角 L = 0.94λ / (βcosθ)
here,
L: Crystallite size λ: Incident X-ray wavelength (1.54 mm)
β: half width of peak (radian)
θ: Diffraction angle
非水電解質二次電池(3)における負極活物質は、ケイ素元素および/またはスズ元素を含む。ケイ素およびスズは、非水電解質二次電池の容量を大きく向上させ得る負極活物質であることが知られている。ケイ素およびスズは14族元素に属する。これらの単体は単位体積(質量)あたり多数の電荷担体(リチウムイオン等)を吸蔵および放出し得るため、高容量の負極活物質となる。しかしその一方で、これらを負極活物質として用いた非水電解質二次電池は比較的レート特性に劣る。
これに対して炭素を負極活物質として用いた非水電解質二次電池はレート特性に優れる。したがって、両者を負極活物質として併用することで、非水電解質二次電池を高容量にでき、かつ非水電解質二次電池に優れたレート特性を付与できる。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (3)>
The negative electrode active material in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (3) contains a silicon element and / or a tin element. Silicon and tin are known to be negative electrode active materials that can greatly improve the capacity of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery. Silicon and tin belong to
In contrast, a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using carbon as a negative electrode active material has excellent rate characteristics. Therefore, by using both of them as the negative electrode active material, the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery can have a high capacity, and excellent rate characteristics can be imparted to the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery.
なお、上記したSiOxにおいては、非水電解質二次電池の充放電時にリチウム元素とSi相に含まれるケイ素元素とによる合金化反応が生じると考えられている。そして、この合金化反応が非水電解質二次電池(この場合にはリチウムイオン二次電池)の充放電に寄与すると考えられている。後述するスズ元素を含む負極活物質についても、同様に、スズ元素とリチウム元素との合金化反応によって充放電できると考えられている。 Silicon has a large theoretical capacity when used as a negative electrode active material, but has a large volume change during charge and discharge. Therefore, as the negative electrode active material containing silicon element, it is particularly preferable to use SiO x (0.3 ≦ x ≦ 1.6) disproportionated into two phases of a Si phase and a silicon oxide phase. The Si phase in SiO x can occlude and release lithium ions. This Si phase undergoes volume change (that is, expansion and contraction) as lithium ions are occluded and released. Silicon oxide phase consists of SiO 2 or the like, the volume change due to charging and discharging as compared with Si phase is small. That is, SiO x as the negative electrode active material realizes a high capacity by the Si phase and suppresses the volume change of the entire negative electrode active material (or the negative electrode) by having the silicon oxide phase. If x is less than the lower limit, the Si ratio becomes excessive, so that the volume change at the time of charging / discharging becomes too large and the cycle characteristics deteriorate. On the other hand, when x exceeds the upper limit value, the Si ratio becomes too small and the energy density decreases. The range of x is more preferably 0.5 ≦ x ≦ 1.5, and further preferably 0.7 ≦ x ≦ 1.2.
In the SiO x as described above, the alloying reaction by the silicon element contained in the lithium element and Si phase is believed to occur during charge and discharge of a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery. And it is thought that this alloying reaction contributes to charging / discharging of a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (in this case, a lithium ion secondary battery). Similarly, it is considered that a negative electrode active material containing a tin element described later can be charged and discharged by an alloying reaction between a tin element and a lithium element.
非水電解質二次電池(4)における負極活物質は、リチウムイオンを吸蔵および放出し得る金属酸化物を含む。例えば、TiO2等のチタン酸化物、リチウムチタン酸化物、WO3等のタングステン酸化物、アモルファススズ酸化物、スズケイ素酸化物等である。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (4)>
The negative electrode active material in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (4) contains a metal oxide that can occlude and release lithium ions. For example, titanium oxide such as TiO 2 , lithium titanium oxide, tungsten oxide such as WO 3 , amorphous tin oxide, tin silicon oxide, and the like.
非水電解質二次電池(5)における負極活物質は、長軸と短軸の比(長軸/短軸)が1~5である黒鉛を含む。長軸と短軸の比(長軸/短軸)が1~5である代表的な黒鉛として、球状黒鉛、MCMB(メソカーボンマイクロビーズ)等が挙げられる。球状黒鉛は、人造黒鉛、天然黒鉛、易黒鉛化性炭素、難黒鉛化性炭素などの炭素材料であって、形状が球状またはほぼ球状であるものをいう。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (5)>
The negative electrode active material in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (5) includes graphite having a major axis / minor axis ratio (major axis / minor axis) of 1 to 5. Typical graphite having a major axis / minor axis ratio (major axis / minor axis) of 1 to 5 includes spherical graphite, MCMB (mesocarbon microbeads), and the like. Spherical graphite is a carbon material such as artificial graphite, natural graphite, graphitizable carbon, and non-graphitizable carbon, and has a spherical shape or a substantially spherical shape.
また、非水電解質二次電池(4)において、上述した金属酸化物系の負極活物質は、チタン酸化物、リチウムチタン酸化物、タングステン酸化物、アモルファススズ酸化物、スズケイ素酸化物から選ばれる少なくとも一種を主成分とする。なお、ここでいう主成分とは、該当する成分が基準となる母集団の50質量%以上含まれることを指す。具体的には、負極活物質として機能し得る金属酸化物全体を100質量%としたときに、主成分(つまりチタン酸化物、リチウムチタン酸化物、タングステン酸化物、アモルファススズ酸化物、スズケイ素酸化物から選ばれる少なくとも一種)が50質量%以上含まれる。なお、負極は、その他の不可避含有物を含み得る。不可避含有物として、例えば、Li、Fe、Cr、Cu、Zn、Ca、Mg、S、Si、Na、K、Al、Zr、Ti、P、Ga、Ge、V、Mo、Nb、W、Laから選ばれる少なくとも1の元素を例示できる。 By using the various sub-negative electrode active materials described above in combination with the main negative electrode active material, further excellent battery characteristics can be imparted to the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery. For example, in the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery (4), any one of the above-described sub-negative electrode active materials is used in combination with the metal oxide as the main negative electrode active material, so that non-metal oxide is used in comparison with the case where the metal oxide is used alone. The capacity of the water electrolyte secondary battery can be further increased. Even when the main negative electrode active material and the sub negative electrode active material are used in combination, the main component of the negative electrode active material may be the main negative electrode active material. Specifically, the main negative electrode active material preferably occupies 50% by mass or more of the entire negative electrode active material, and more preferably 80% by mass or more. The same applies to negative electrode active materials in other nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries.
In the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery (4), the metal oxide negative electrode active material described above is selected from titanium oxide, lithium titanium oxide, tungsten oxide, amorphous tin oxide, and tin silicon oxide. At least one kind is a main component. In addition, a main component here means that the applicable component is contained 50 mass% or more of the reference population. Specifically, when the total amount of metal oxide that can function as a negative electrode active material is 100% by mass, the main components (that is, titanium oxide, lithium titanium oxide, tungsten oxide, amorphous tin oxide, tin silicon oxide) 50% by mass or more) is contained. The negative electrode can contain other inevitable ingredients. Inevitable inclusions include, for example, Li, Fe, Cr, Cu, Zn, Ca, Mg, S, Si, Na, K, Al, Zr, Ti, P, Ga, Ge, V, Mo, Nb, W, La The at least 1 element chosen from can be illustrated.
非水電解質二次電池に用いられる正極は、電荷担体を吸蔵および放出し得る正極活物質を有する。正極は、集電体と、集電体の表面に結着させた正極活物質層を有する。正極活物質層は正極活物質、並びに必要に応じて結着剤および/または導電助剤を含む。正極の集電体は、使用する活物質に適した電圧に耐え得る金属であれば特に制限はなく、例えば、銀、銅、金、アルミニウム、タングステン、コバルト、亜鉛、ニッケル、鉄、白金、錫、インジウム、チタン、ルテニウム、タンタル、クロム、モリブデンから選ばれる少なくとも一種、並びにステンレス鋼などの金属材料を例示することができる。なお、本発明の非水電解質二次電池がリチウムイオン二次電池であり、正極の電位をリチウム基準で4V以上とする場合には、アルミニウム製の集電体を採用するのが好ましい。 <Positive electrode>
A positive electrode used for a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery has a positive electrode active material that can occlude and release charge carriers. The positive electrode has a current collector and a positive electrode active material layer bound to the surface of the current collector. The positive electrode active material layer includes a positive electrode active material and, if necessary, a binder and / or a conductive aid. The positive electrode current collector is not particularly limited as long as it is a metal that can withstand a voltage suitable for the active material to be used. For example, silver, copper, gold, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, zinc, nickel, iron, platinum, tin , Indium, titanium, ruthenium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, and metal materials such as stainless steel. In addition, when the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention is a lithium ion secondary battery and the potential of the positive electrode is set to 4 V or more with respect to lithium, it is preferable to employ an aluminum current collector.
本発明の電解液を以下のとおり製造した。
有機溶媒である1,2-ジメトキシエタン約5mLを、撹拌子および温度計を備えたフラスコに入れた。撹拌条件下にて、上記フラスコ中の1,2-ジメトキシエタンに対し、リチウム塩である(CF3SO2)2NLiを溶液温度が40℃以下を保つように徐々に加え、溶解させた。約13gの(CF3SO2)2NLiを加えた時点で(CF3SO2)2NLiの溶解が一時停滞したので、上記フラスコを恒温槽に投入し、フラスコ内の溶液温度が50℃となるよう加温し、(CF3SO2)2NLiを溶解させた。約15gの(CF3SO2)2NLiを加えた時点で(CF3SO2)2NLiの溶解が再び停滞したので、1,2-ジメトキシエタンをピペットで1滴加えたところ、(CF3SO2)2NLiは溶解した。さらに(CF3SO2)2NLiを徐々に加え、所定の(CF3SO2)2NLiを全量加えた。得られた電解液を20mLメスフラスコに移し、容積が20mLとなるまで1,2-ジメトキシエタンを加えた。これを電解液E1とした。得られた電解液は容積20mLであり、この電解液に含まれる(CF3SO2)2NLiは18.38gであった。電解液E1における(CF3SO2)2NLiの濃度は3.2mol/Lであった。電解液E1においては、(CF3SO2)2NLi1分子に対し1,2-ジメトキシエタン1.6分子が含まれている。
なお、上記製造は不活性ガス雰囲気下のグローブボックス内で行った。 (Electrolytic solution E1)
The electrolytic solution of the present invention was produced as follows.
About 5 mL of 1,2-dimethoxyethane, an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar and a thermometer. Under stirring conditions, (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to 1,2-dimethoxyethane in the flask so as to keep the solution temperature at 40 ° C. or lower and dissolved. When about 13 g of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was added, the dissolution of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi temporarily stagnated. Therefore, the flask was put into a thermostat, and the solution temperature in the flask was 50 ° C. (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was dissolved. When about 15 g of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was added, the dissolution of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi stagnated again, so 1 drop of 1,2-dimethoxyethane was added with a pipette (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi dissolved. Further, (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was gradually added, and the entire amount of predetermined (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was added. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and 1,2-dimethoxyethane was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution E1. The obtained electrolytic solution had a volume of 20 mL, and (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi contained in this electrolytic solution was 18.38 g. The concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution E1 was 3.2 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E1, 1.6 molecules of 1,2-dimethoxyethane are contained with respect to (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
16.08gの(CF3SO2)2NLiを用い、電解液E1と同様の方法で、(CF3SO2)2NLiの濃度が2.8mol/Lである電解液E2を製造した。電解液E2においては、(CF3SO2)2NLi1分子に対し1,2-ジメトキシエタン2.1分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E2)
Using 16.08 g of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution E2 having a concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi of 2.8 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E1. In the electrolytic solution E2, 2.1 molecules of 1,2-dimethoxyethane are contained per molecule of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi.
有機溶媒であるアセトニトリル約5mLを、撹拌子を備えたフラスコに入れた。撹拌条件下にて、上記フラスコ中のアセトニトリルに対し、リチウム塩である(CF3SO2)2NLiを徐々に加え、溶解させた。(CF3SO2)2NLiを全量で19.52g加えたところで一晩撹拌した。得られた電解液を20mLメスフラスコに移し、容積が20mLとなるまでアセトニトリルを加えた。これを電解液E3とした。なお、上記製造は不活性ガス雰囲気下のグローブボックス内で行った。
電解液E3における(CF3SO2)2NLiの濃度は3.4mol/Lであった。電解液E3においては、(CF3SO2)2NLi1分子に対しアセトニトリル3分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E3)
About 5 mL of acetonitrile, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar. Under stirring conditions, (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to and dissolved in acetonitrile in the flask. When 19.52 g of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was added in total, the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and acetonitrile was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution E3. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
The concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution E3 was 3.4 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E3, 3 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to 1 molecule of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi.
24.11gの(CF3SO2)2NLiを用い、電解液E3と同様の方法で、(CF3SO2)2NLiの濃度が4.2mol/Lである電解液E4を製造した。電解液E4においては、(CF3SO2)2NLi1分子に対しアセトニトリル1.9分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E4)
Using 24.11 g of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution E4 having a concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi of 4.2 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E3. In the electrolytic solution E4, 1.9 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
リチウム塩として13.47gの(FSO2)2NLiを用い、有機溶媒として1,2-ジメトキシエタンを用いた以外は、電解液E3と同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が3.6mol/Lである電解液E5を製造した。電解液E5においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対し1,2-ジメトキシエタン1.9分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E5)
Using (FSO 2) 2 NLi of 13.47g lithium salt, except for using 1,2-dimethoxyethane as the organic solvent, in the same manner as the electrolyte solution E3, (FSO 2) concentration of 2
14.97gの(FSO2)2NLiを用い、電解液E5と同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が4.0mol/Lである電解液E6を製造した。電解液E6においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対し1,2-ジメトキシエタン1.5分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E6)
Using 14.97 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution E6 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 4.0 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E5. In the electrolytic solution E6, 1.5 molecules of 1,2-dimethoxyethane are contained per 1 molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
リチウム塩として15.72gの(FSO2)2NLiを用いた以外は、電解液E3と同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が4.2mol/Lである電解液E7を製造した。電解液E7においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しアセトニトリル3分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E7)
An electrolytic solution E7 having a concentration of 4.2 mol / L of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E3 except that 15.72 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was used as the lithium salt. . In the electrolytic solution E7, 3 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to 1 molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
16.83gの(FSO2)2NLiを用い、電解液E7と同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が4.5mol/Lである電解液E8を製造した。電解液E8においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しアセトニトリル2.4分子が含まれている。 (Electrolyte E8)
An electrolytic solution E8 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 4.5 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E7 using 16.83 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi. In the electrolytic solution E8, 2.4 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
18.71gの(FSO2)2NLiiを用い、電解液E7と同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が5.0mol/Lである電解液E9を製造した。電解液E9においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しアセトニトリル2.1分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E9)
By using 18.71 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLii, an electrolytic solution E9 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 5.0 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E7. In the electrolytic solution E9, 2.1 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
20.21gの(FSO2)2NLiを用い、電解液E7と同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が5.4mol/Lである電解液E10を製造した。電解液E10においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しアセトニトリル2分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E10)
Using 20.21 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution E10 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 5.4 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E7. In the electrolyte solution E10, 2 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to 1 molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
有機溶媒であるジメチルカーボネート約5mLを、撹拌子を備えたフラスコに入れた。撹拌条件下にて、上記フラスコ中のジメチルカーボネートに対し、リチウム塩である(FSO2)2NLiを徐々に加え、溶解させた。(FSO2)2NLiを全量で14.64g加えたところで一晩撹拌した。得られた電解液を20mLメスフラスコに移し、容積が20mLとなるまでジメチルカーボネートを加えた。これを電解液E11とした。なお、上記製造は不活性ガス雰囲気下のグローブボックス内で行った。
電解液E11における(FSO2)2NLiの濃度は3.9mol/Lであった。電解液E11においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しジメチルカーボネート2分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E11)
About 5 mL of dimethyl carbonate, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar. Under stirring conditions, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to dimethyl carbonate in the flask and dissolved. When (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was added in a total amount of 14.64 g, the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and dimethyl carbonate was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution E11. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
The concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution E11 was 3.9 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E11, two molecules of dimethyl carbonate are contained with respect to one molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
電解液E11にジメチルカーボネートを加えて希釈し、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が3.4mol/Lの電解液E12とした。電解液E12においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しジメチルカーボネート2.5分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E12)
Dimethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E11 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution E12 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 3.4 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E12, 2.5 molecules of dimethyl carbonate are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
電解液E11にジメチルカーボネートを加えて希釈し、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が2.9mol/Lの電解液E13とした。電解液E13においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しジメチルカーボネート3分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E13)
Dimethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E11 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution E13 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 2.9 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E13, three molecules of dimethyl carbonate are contained with respect to one molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
電解液E11にジメチルカーボネートを加えて希釈し、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が2.6mol/Lの電解液E14とした。電解液E14においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しジメチルカーボネート3.5分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E14)
Dimethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E11 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution E14 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 2.6 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E14, 3.5 molecules of dimethyl carbonate are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
電解液E11にジメチルカーボネートを加えて希釈し、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が2.0mol/Lの電解液E15とした。電解液E15においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しジメチルカーボネート5分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E15)
Dimethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E11 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution E15 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 2.0 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E15, five molecules of dimethyl carbonate are contained with respect to one molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
有機溶媒であるエチルメチルカーボネート約5mLを、撹拌子を備えたフラスコに入れた。撹拌条件下にて、上記フラスコ中のエチルメチルカーボネートに対し、リチウム塩である(FSO2)2NLiを徐々に加え、溶解させた。(FSO2)2NLiを全量で12.81g加えたところで一晩撹拌した。得られた電解液を20mLメスフラスコに移し、容積が20mLとなるまでエチルメチルカーボネートを加えた。これを電解液E16とした。なお、上記製造は不活性ガス雰囲気下のグローブボックス内で行った。
電解液E16における(FSO2)2NLiの濃度は3.4mol/Lであった。電解液E16においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しエチルメチルカーボネート2分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E16)
About 5 mL of ethyl methyl carbonate, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar. Under stirring conditions, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to and dissolved in ethyl methyl carbonate in the flask. When 12.81 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was added in total, the mixture was stirred overnight. The obtained electrolytic solution was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask, and ethyl methyl carbonate was added until the volume became 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution E16. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
The concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution E16 was 3.4 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E16, two molecules of ethyl methyl carbonate are contained with respect to one molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
電解液E16にエチルメチルカーボネートを加えて希釈し、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が2.9mol/Lの電解液E17とした。電解液E17においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しエチルメチルカーボネート2.5分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E17)
The electrolyte solution E16 was diluted by adding ethyl methyl carbonate to obtain an electrolyte solution E17 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 2.9 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E17, 2.5 molecules of ethyl methyl carbonate are contained per 1 molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
電解液E16にエチルメチルカーボネートを加えて希釈し、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が2.2mol/Lの電解液E18とした。電解液E18においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しエチルメチルカーボネート3.5分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E18)
The electrolyte solution E16 was diluted by adding ethyl methyl carbonate to obtain an electrolyte solution E18 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 2.2 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E18, 3.5 molecules of ethyl methyl carbonate are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
有機溶媒であるジエチルカーボネート約5mLを、撹拌子を備えたフラスコに入れた。撹拌条件下にて、上記フラスコ中のジエチルカーボネートに対し、リチウム塩である(FSO2)2NLiを徐々に加え、溶解させた。(FSO2)2NLiを全量で11.37g加えたところで一晩撹拌した。得られた電解液を20mLメスフラスコに移し、容積が20mLとなるまでジエチルカーボネートを加えた。これを電解液E19とした。なお、上記製造は不活性ガス雰囲気下のグローブボックス内で行った。
電解液E19における(FSO2)2NLiの濃度は3.0mol/Lであった。電解液E19においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しジエチルカーボネート2分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E19)
About 5 mL of diethyl carbonate, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stirring bar. Under stirring conditions, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to and dissolved in diethyl carbonate in the flask. When 11.37 g of the total amount of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was added, the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and diethyl carbonate was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution E19. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
The concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution E19 was 3.0 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E19, two molecules of diethyl carbonate are contained with respect to one molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
電解液E19にジエチルカーボネートを加えて希釈し、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が2.6mol/Lの電解液E20とした。電解液E20においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しジエチルカーボネート2.5分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E20)
Diethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E19 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution E20 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 2.6 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E20, 2.5 molecules of diethyl carbonate are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
電解液E19にジエチルカーボネートを加えて希釈し、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が2.0mol/Lの電解液E21とした。電解液E21においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しジエチルカーボネート3.5分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution E21)
Diethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E19 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution E21 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 2.0 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution E21, 3.5 molecules of diethyl carbonate are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
5.74gの(CF3SO2)2NLiを用い、有機溶媒として1,2-ジメトキシエタンを用いた以外は、電解液E3と同様の方法で、(CF3SO2)2NLiの濃度が1.0mol/Lである電解液C1を製造した。電解液C1においては、(CF3SO2)2NLi1分子に対し1,2-ジメトキシエタン8.3分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution C1)
Using (CF 3 SO 2) 2 NLi of 5.74 g, as except for using 1,2-dimethoxyethane organic solvents, in the same manner as the electrolyte solution E3, is (CF 3 SO 2) concentration of 2 NLi Electrolyte C1 which is 1.0 mol / L was manufactured. In the electrolytic solution C1, 8.3 molecules of 1,2-dimethoxyethane are contained with respect to (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecules.
5.74gの(CF3SO2)2NLiを用い、電解液E3と同様の方法で、(CF3SO2)2NLiの濃度が1.0mol/Lである電解液C2を製造した。電解液C2においては、(CF3SO2)2NLi1分子に対しアセトニトリル16分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution C2)
Using 5.74 g of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution C2 having a concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi of 1.0 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E3. In the electrolytic solution C2, 16 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecule.
3.74gの(FSO2)2NLiを用い、電解液E5と同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が1.0mol/Lである電解液C3を製造した。電解液C3においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対し1,2-ジメトキシエタン8.8分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution C3)
Using 3.74 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution C3 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 1.0 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E5. In the electrolytic solution C3, 8.8 molecules of 1,2-dimethoxyethane are contained per molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
3.74gの(FSO2)2NLiを用い、電解液E7と同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が1.0mol/Lである電解液C4を製造した。電解液C4においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しアセトニトリル17分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution C4)
Using 3.74 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, an electrolytic solution C4 having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 1.0 mol / L was produced in the same manner as the electrolytic solution E7. In the electrolyte solution C4, 17 molecules of acetonitrile are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecule.
有機溶媒としてエチレンカーボネートおよびジエチルカーボネートの混合溶媒(体積比3:7、以下、「EC/DEC」ということがある。)を用い、リチウム塩として3.04gのLiPF6を用いた以外は、電解液E3と同様の方法で、LiPF6の濃度が1.0mol/Lである電解液C5を製造した。 (Electrolytic solution C5)
Except that a mixed solvent of ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate (volume ratio 3: 7, hereinafter referred to as “EC / DEC”) was used as the organic solvent, and 3.04 g of LiPF 6 was used as the lithium salt. An electrolytic solution C5 having a LiPF 6 concentration of 1.0 mol / L was produced in the same manner as in the liquid E3.
電解液E11にジメチルカーボネートを加えて希釈し、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が1.1mol/Lの電解液C6とした。電解液C6においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しジメチルカーボネート10分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution C6)
Dimethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E11 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution C6 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 1.1 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution C6, 10 molecules of dimethyl carbonate are contained per 1 molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
電解液E16にエチルメチルカーボネートを加えて希釈し、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が1.1mol/Lの電解液C7とした。電解液C7においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しエチルメチルカーボネート8分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution C7)
The electrolyte solution E16 was diluted by adding ethyl methyl carbonate to obtain an electrolyte solution C7 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 1.1 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution C7, 8 molecules of ethyl methyl carbonate are contained with respect to (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi1 molecule.
電解液E19にジエチルカーボネートを加えて希釈し、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が1.1mol/Lの電解液C8とした。電解液C8においては、(FSO2)2NLi1分子に対しジエチルカーボネート7分子が含まれている。 (Electrolytic solution C8)
Diethyl carbonate was added to the electrolytic solution E19 for dilution to obtain an electrolytic solution C8 having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 1.1 mol / L. In the electrolytic solution C8, 7 molecules of diethyl carbonate are contained per 1 molecule of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi.
電解液E3、電解液E4、電解液E7、電解液E8、電解液E10、電解液C2、電解液C4、並びに、アセトニトリル、(CF3SO2)2NLi、(FSO2)2NLiにつき、以下の条件でIR測定を行った。2100~2400cm-1の範囲のIRスペクトルをそれぞれ図1~図10に示す。さらに、電解液E11~E21、電解液C6~C8、並びに、ジメチルカーボネート、エチルメチルカーボネート、ジエチルカーボネートにつき、下記の条件でIR測定を行った。1900~1600cm-1の範囲のIRスペクトルをそれぞれ図11~図27に示す。また、(FSO2)2NLiにつき、1900~1600cm-1の範囲のIRスペクトルを図28に示す。図の横軸は波数(cm-1)であり、縦軸は吸光度(反射吸光度)である。 (Evaluation Example 1: IR measurement)
Electrolytic solution E3, electrolytic solution E4, electrolytic solution E7, electrolytic solution E8, electrolytic solution E10, electrolytic solution C2, electrolytic solution C4, and acetonitrile, (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi are as follows: The IR measurement was performed under the following conditions. IR spectra in the range of 2100 to 2400 cm −1 are shown in FIGS. 1 to 10, respectively. Further, IR measurement was performed on the electrolytic solutions E11 to E21, the electrolytic solutions C6 to C8, dimethyl carbonate, ethyl methyl carbonate, and diethyl carbonate under the following conditions. IR spectra in the range of 1900 to 1600 cm −1 are shown in FIGS. 11 to 27, respectively. In addition, FIG. 28 shows an IR spectrum in the range of 1900 to 1600 cm −1 for (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi. The horizontal axis in the figure is the wave number (cm −1 ), and the vertical axis is the absorbance (reflection absorbance).
装置:FT-IR(ブルカーオプティクス社製)
測定条件:ATR法(ダイヤモンド使用)
測定雰囲気:不活性ガス雰囲気下 IR measurement conditions Device: FT-IR (Bruker Optics)
Measurement conditions: ATR method (using diamond)
Measurement atmosphere: Inert gas atmosphere
電解液E1、E2、電解液E4~E6、E8、E11、E16およびE19のイオン伝導度を以下の条件で測定した。結果を表4に示す。 (Evaluation Example 2: Ionic conductivity)
The ionic conductivities of the electrolytic solutions E1 and E2, and the electrolytic solutions E4 to E6, E8, E11, E16, and E19 were measured under the following conditions. The results are shown in Table 4.
Ar雰囲気下、白金極を備えたセル定数既知のガラス製セルに、電解液を封入し、30℃、1kHzでのインピーダンスを測定した。インピーダンスの測定結果から、イオン伝導度を算出した。測定機器はSolartron 147055BEC(ソーラトロン社)を使用した。 Ionic conductivity measurement conditions In an Ar atmosphere, an electrolytic solution was sealed in a glass cell with a platinum constant and a known cell constant, and impedance at 30 ° C. and 1 kHz was measured. The ion conductivity was calculated from the impedance measurement result. As the measuring instrument, Solartron 147055BEC (Solartron) was used.
電解液E1、E2、電解液E4~E6、E8、E11、E16およびE19並びに電解液C1~C4、電解液C6~C8の粘度を以下の条件で測定した。結果を表5に示す。 (Evaluation Example 3: Viscosity)
The viscosities of the electrolytic solutions E1, E2, the electrolytic solutions E4 to E6, E8, E11, E16, and E19, the electrolytic solutions C1 to C4, and the electrolytic solutions C6 to C8 were measured under the following conditions. The results are shown in Table 5.
落球式粘度計(AntonPaar GmbH(アントンパール社)製 Lovis 2000 M)を用い、Ar雰囲気下、試験セルに電解液を封入し、30℃の条件下で粘度を測定した。 Viscosity measurement conditions Using a falling ball viscometer (Lovis 2000 M manufactured by Anton Paar GmbH (Anton Paar)), an electrolytic solution was sealed in a test cell under an Ar atmosphere, and the viscosity was measured at 30 ° C.
電解液E2、E4、E8、E11、E13、C1、C2、C4およびC6の揮発性を以下の方法で測定した。 (Evaluation Example 4: Volatility)
The volatility of the electrolytic solutions E2, E4, E8, E11, E13, C1, C2, C4 and C6 was measured by the following method.
電解液E4、電解液C2の燃焼性を以下の方法で試験した。 (Evaluation Example 5: Combustibility)
The combustibility of the electrolytic solution E4 and the electrolytic solution C2 was tested by the following method.
電解液E11、E13、E16、E19をそれぞれ容器に入れ、不活性ガスを充填して密閉した。これらを-30℃の冷凍庫に2日間保管した。保管後に各電解液を観察した。いずれの電解液も固化せず液体状態を維持しており、塩の析出も観察されなかった。
(評価例7:ラマンスペクトル測定)
電解液E8、E9、C4、並びに、E11、E13、E15、C6につき、以下の条件でラマンスペクトル測定を行った。各電解液の金属塩のアニオン部分に由来するピークが観察されたラマンスペクトルをそれぞれ図29~図35に示す。図の横軸は波数(cm-1)であり、縦軸は散乱強度である。
ラマンスペクトル測定条件
装置:レーザーラマン分光光度計(日本分光株式会社NRSシリーズ)
レーザー波長:532nm
不活性ガス雰囲気下で電解液を石英セルに密閉し、測定に供した。
図29~図31で示される電解液E8、E9、C4のラマンスペクトルの700~800cm-1には、アセトニトリルに溶解したLiFSAの(FSO2)2Nに由来する特徴的なピークが観察された。ここで、図29~図31から、LiFSAの濃度の増加に伴い、上記ピークが高波数側にシフトするのがわかる。電解液が高濃度化するに従い、塩のアニオンに該当する(FSO2)2NがLiと相互作用する状態になる、換言すると、濃度が低い場合はLiとアニオンはSSIP(Solvent-separated ion pairs)状態を主に形成しており、高濃度化に伴いCIP(Contact ion pairs)状態やAGG(aggregate)状態を主に形成していると推察される。そして、かかる状態がラマンスペクトルのピークシフトとして観察されたと考察できる。
図32~図35で示される電解液E11、E13、E15、C6のラマンスペクトルの700~800cm-1には、ジメチルカーボネートに溶解したLiFSAの(FSO2)2Nに由来する特徴的なピークが観察された。ここで、図32~図35から、LiFSAの濃度の増加に伴い、上記ピークが高波数側にシフトするのがわかる。この現象は、前段落で考察したのと同様に、電解液が高濃度化することで、塩のアニオンに該当する(FSO2)2Nが複数のLiと相互作用している状態がスペクトルに反映された結果であると推察される。 (Evaluation Example 6: Low temperature test)
Electrolytes E11, E13, E16, and E19 were placed in containers, filled with an inert gas, and sealed. These were stored in a freezer at −30 ° C. for 2 days. Each electrolyte was observed after storage. None of the electrolytes were solidified and maintained in a liquid state, and no salt deposition was observed.
(Evaluation Example 7: Raman spectrum measurement)
For the electrolytes E8, E9, C4, and E11, E13, E15, C6, Raman spectrum measurement was performed under the following conditions. FIGS. 29 to 35 show Raman spectra in which peaks derived from the anion portion of the metal salt of each electrolytic solution were observed. In the figure, the horizontal axis represents the wave number (cm −1 ), and the vertical axis represents the scattering intensity.
Raman spectrum measurement conditions Equipment: Laser Raman spectrophotometer (NRS series, JASCO Corporation)
Laser wavelength: 532 nm
The electrolyte was sealed in a quartz cell under an inert gas atmosphere and used for measurement.
A characteristic peak derived from (FSO 2 ) 2 N of LiFSA dissolved in acetonitrile was observed in 700 to 800 cm −1 of the Raman spectra of the electrolytic solutions E8, E9, and C4 shown in FIGS. . Here, it can be seen from FIGS. 29 to 31 that the peak shifts to the higher wavenumber side as the LiFSA concentration increases. As the electrolyte concentration increases, (FSO 2 ) 2 N corresponding to the anion of the salt interacts with Li. In other words, when the concentration is low, Li and the anion become SSIP (Solvent-separated ion pairs). ) State is mainly formed, and it is assumed that a CIP (Contact ion pairs) state and an AGG (aggregate) state are mainly formed as the concentration is increased. It can be considered that such a state was observed as a peak shift of the Raman spectrum.
A characteristic peak derived from (FSO 2 ) 2 N of LiFSA dissolved in dimethyl carbonate is observed in 700 to 800 cm −1 of the Raman spectra of the electrolytic solutions E11, E13, E15, and C6 shown in FIGS. Observed. Here, it can be seen from FIGS. 32 to 35 that the peak shifts to the higher wavenumber side as the concentration of LiFSA increases. This phenomenon is similar to that discussed in the previous paragraph. When the concentration of the electrolyte is increased, the state in which (FSO 2 ) 2 N corresponding to the anion of the salt interacts with a plurality of Li is shown in the spectrum. It is inferred that the result is reflected.
電解液E2、E8、C4およびC5のLi輸率を以下の条件で測定した。
各電解液を入れたNMR管をPFG-NMR装置(ECA-500、日本電子)に供し、500MHz、磁場勾配1.26T/mの条件で、7Li、19Fを対象として、スピンエコー法を用い、磁場パルス幅を変化させながら、各電解液中のLiイオンおよびアニオンの拡散係数を測定した。Li輸率は以下の式で算出した。
Li輸率=(Liイオン拡散係数)/(Liイオン拡散係数+アニオン拡散係数)
Li輸率の測定結果を表7に示す。
The Li transport numbers of the electrolytic solutions E2, E8, C4 and C5 were measured under the following conditions.
The NMR tube containing each electrolyte solution was supplied to a PFG-NMR apparatus (ECA-500, JEOL), and the spin echo method was used for 7Li and 19F under conditions of 500 MHz and a magnetic field gradient of 1.26 T / m. The diffusion coefficient of Li ions and anions in each electrolyte was measured while changing the magnetic field pulse width. The Li transport number was calculated by the following formula.
Li transport number = (Li ion diffusion coefficient) / (Li ion diffusion coefficient + anion diffusion coefficient)
Table 7 shows the measurement results of the Li transport number.
また、電解液E8につき、温度を変化させた場合のLi輸率を、上記Li輸率測定条件に準じて測定した。結果を表8に示す。
Moreover, about electrolyte solution E8, the Li transport number at the time of changing temperature was measured according to the said Li transport number measurement conditions. The results are shown in Table 8.
(電解液A)
本発明の電解液を以下のとおり製造した。 Specific examples of the electrolytic solution of the present invention include the following electrolytic solutions. The following electrolytes include those already described.
(Electrolytic solution A)
The electrolytic solution of the present invention was produced as follows.
なお、上記製造は不活性ガス雰囲気下のグローブボックス内で行った。 About 5 mL of 1,2-dimethoxyethane, an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar and a thermometer. Under stirring conditions, (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to 1,2-dimethoxyethane in the flask so as to keep the solution temperature at 40 ° C. or lower and dissolved. When about 13 g of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was added, the dissolution of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi temporarily stagnated. Therefore, the flask was put into a thermostat, and the solution temperature in the flask was 50 ° C. (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was dissolved. When about 15 g of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was added, the dissolution of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi stagnated again, so 1 drop of 1,2-dimethoxyethane was added with a pipette (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi dissolved. Further, (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was gradually added, and the entire amount of predetermined (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was added. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and 1,2-dimethoxyethane was added until the volume was 20 mL. The obtained electrolytic solution had a volume of 20 mL, and (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi contained in this electrolytic solution was 18.38 g. This was designated as an electrolytic solution A. The concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution A was 3.2 mol / L, and the density was 1.39 g / cm 3 . The density was measured at 20 ° C.
The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
電解液Aと同様の方法で、(CF3SO2)2NLiの濃度が2.8mol/Lであり、密度が1.36g/cm3である、電解液Bを製造した。 (Electrolytic solution B)
By a method similar to that for the electrolytic solution A, an electrolytic solution B having a (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 2.8 mol / L and a density of 1.36 g / cm 3 was produced.
有機溶媒であるアセトニトリル約5mLを、撹拌子を備えたフラスコに入れた。撹拌条件下にて、上記フラスコ中のアセトニトリルに対し、リチウム塩である(CF3SO2)2NLiを徐々に加え、溶解させた。所定の(CF3SO2)2NLiを加えたところで一晩撹拌した。得られた電解液を20mLメスフラスコに移し、容積が20mLとなるまでアセトニトリルを加えた。これを電解液Cとした。なお、上記製造は不活性ガス雰囲気下のグローブボックス内で行った。
電解液Cは、(CF3SO2)2NLiの濃度が4.2mol/Lであり、密度が1.52g/cm3であった。 (Electrolytic solution C)
About 5 mL of acetonitrile, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar. Under stirring conditions, (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to and dissolved in acetonitrile in the flask. The mixture was stirred overnight when the prescribed (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi was added. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and acetonitrile was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution C. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
The electrolytic solution C had a (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 4.2 mol / L and a density of 1.52 g / cm 3 .
電解液Cと同様の方法で、(CF3SO2)2NLiの濃度が3.0mol/Lであり、密度が1.31g/cm3である、電解液Dを製造した。 (Electrolyte D)
By a method similar to that of the electrolytic solution C, an electrolytic solution D having a concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi of 3.0 mol / L and a density of 1.31 g / cm 3 was produced.
有機溶媒としてスルホランを用いた以外は、電解液Cと同様の方法で、(CF3SO2)2NLiの濃度が3.0mol/Lであり、密度が1.57g/cm3である、電解液Eを製造した。 (Electrolyte E)
Except for using sulfolane as the organic solvent, in the same manner as the electrolytic solution C, the concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi is 3.0 mol / L and the density is 1.57 g / cm 3. Liquid E was produced.
有機溶媒としてジメチルスルホキシドを用いた以外は、電解液Cと同様の方法で、(CF3SO2)2NLiの濃度が3.2mol/Lであり、密度が1.49g/cm3である、電解液Fを製造した。 (Electrolyte F)
The concentration of (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi is 3.2 mol / L and the density is 1.49 g / cm 3 except that dimethyl sulfoxide is used as the organic solvent. Electrolytic solution F was produced.
リチウム塩として(FSO2)2NLiを用い、有機溶媒として1,2-ジメトキシエタンを用いた以外は、電解液Cと同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が4.0mol/Lであり、密度が1.33g/cm3である、電解液Gを製造した。 (Electrolyte G)
The concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi is 4.0 mol / L in the same manner as in the electrolytic solution C, except that (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi is used as the lithium salt and 1,2-dimethoxyethane is used as the organic solvent. An electrolyte solution G having a density of 1.33 g / cm 3 was produced.
電解液Gと同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が3.6mol/Lであり、密度が1.29g/cm3である、電解液Hを製造した。 (Electrolyte H)
In the same manner as the electrolytic solution G, an electrolytic solution H having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 3.6 mol / L and a density of 1.29 g / cm 3 was produced.
電解液Gと同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が2.4mol/Lであり、密度が1.18g/cm3である、電解液Iを製造した。 (Electrolyte I)
In the same manner as the electrolytic solution G, an electrolytic solution I having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 2.4 mol / L and a density of 1.18 g / cm 3 was produced.
有機溶媒としてアセトニトリルを用いた以外は、電解液Gと同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が5.0mol/Lであり、密度が1.40g/cm3である、電解液Jを製造した。 (Electrolytic solution J)
Except that acetonitrile was used as the organic solvent, an electrolytic solution J having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 5.0 mol / L and a density of 1.40 g / cm 3 in the same manner as the electrolytic solution G Manufactured.
電解液Jと同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が4.5mol/Lであり、密度が1.34g/cm3である、電解液Kを製造した。 (Electrolytic solution K)
In the same manner as the electrolytic solution J, an electrolytic solution K having a concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi of 4.5 mol / L and a density of 1.34 g / cm 3 was produced.
有機溶媒であるジメチルカーボネート約5mLを、撹拌子を備えたフラスコに入れた。撹拌条件下にて、上記フラスコ中のジメチルカーボネートに対し、リチウム塩である(FSO2)2NLiを徐々に加え、溶解させた。(FSO2)2NLiを全量で14.64g加えたところで一晩撹拌した。得られた電解液を20mLメスフラスコに移し、容積が20mLとなるまでジメチルカーボネートを加えた。これを電解液Lとした。なお、上記製造は不活性ガス雰囲気下のグローブボックス内で行った。
電解液Lにおける(FSO2)2NLiの濃度は3.9mol/Lであり、電解液Lの密度は1.44g/cm3であった。 (Electrolytic solution L)
About 5 mL of dimethyl carbonate, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar. Under stirring conditions, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to dimethyl carbonate in the flask and dissolved. When (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was added in a total amount of 14.64 g, the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and dimethyl carbonate was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution L. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
The concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution L was 3.9 mol / L, and the density of the electrolytic solution L was 1.44 g / cm 3 .
電解液Lと同様の方法で、(FSO2)2NLiの濃度が2.9mol/Lであり、密度が1.36g/cm3である、電解液Mを製造した。 (Electrolyte M)
In the same manner as the electrolytic solution L, an electrolytic solution M having a (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi concentration of 2.9 mol / L and a density of 1.36 g / cm 3 was produced.
有機溶媒であるエチルメチルカーボネート約5mLを、撹拌子を備えたフラスコに入れた。撹拌条件下にて、上記フラスコ中のエチルメチルカーボネートに対し、リチウム塩である(FSO2)2NLiを徐々に加え、溶解させた。(FSO2)2NLiを全量で12.81g加えたところで一晩撹拌した。得られた電解液を20mLメスフラスコに移し、容積が20mLとなるまでエチルメチルカーボネートを加えた。これを電解液Nとした。なお、上記製造は不活性ガス雰囲気下のグローブボックス内で行った。
電解液Nにおける(FSO2)2NLiの濃度は3.4mol/Lであり、電解液Nの密度は1.35g/cm3であった。 (Electrolytic solution N)
About 5 mL of ethyl methyl carbonate, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stir bar. Under stirring conditions, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to and dissolved in ethyl methyl carbonate in the flask. When 12.81 g of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was added in total, the mixture was stirred overnight. The obtained electrolytic solution was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask, and ethyl methyl carbonate was added until the volume became 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution N. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
The concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution N was 3.4 mol / L, and the density of the electrolytic solution N was 1.35 g / cm 3 .
有機溶媒であるジエチルカーボネート約5mLを、撹拌子を備えたフラスコに入れた。撹拌条件下にて、上記フラスコ中のジエチルカーボネートに対し、リチウム塩である(FSO2)2NLiを徐々に加え、溶解させた。(FSO2)2NLiを全量で11.37g加えたところで一晩撹拌した。得られた電解液を20mLメスフラスコに移し、容積が20mLとなるまでジエチルカーボネートを加えた。これを電解液Oとした。なお、上記製造は不活性ガス雰囲気下のグローブボックス内で行った。
電解液Oにおける(FSO2)2NLiの濃度は3.0mol/Lであり、電解液Oの密度は1.29g/cm3であった。
表9に上記電解液の一覧を示す。 (Electrolytic solution O)
About 5 mL of diethyl carbonate, which is an organic solvent, was placed in a flask equipped with a stirring bar. Under stirring conditions, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, which is a lithium salt, was gradually added to and dissolved in diethyl carbonate in the flask. When 11.37 g of the total amount of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi was added, the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting electrolyte was transferred to a 20 mL volumetric flask and diethyl carbonate was added until the volume was 20 mL. This was designated as an electrolytic solution O. The production was performed in a glove box under an inert gas atmosphere.
The concentration of (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi in the electrolytic solution O was 3.0 mol / L, and the density of the electrolytic solution O was 1.29 g / cm 3 .
Table 9 shows a list of the electrolyte solutions.
以下、非水電解質二次電池(1)~非水電解質二次電池(5)について具体的に説明する。以下の実施例は便宜的に項目を分けて説明しているため、重複している場合がある。また、以下の実施例および後述するEB、CBは、非水電解質二次電池(1)~非水電解質二次電池(5)の複数の実施例に該当する場合がある。
<非水電解質二次電池(1)>
(実施例1-1) (Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1) to the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (5) will be specifically described below. In the following embodiments, items are described separately for convenience, and therefore may be duplicated. The following examples and EB and CB described later may correspond to a plurality of examples of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1) to the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (5).
<Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (1)>
Example 1-1
<負極>
SECカーボン株式会社のSNOグレード(平均粒径15μm)の黒鉛(以下、黒鉛(A)と言うことがある)と、ポリフッ化ビニリデン(PVdF)と、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)を添加混合し、スラリー状の負極合剤を調製した。スラリー中の各成分(固形分)の組成比は、黒鉛:PVdF=90:10(質量比)である。 A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-1 was produced using the electrolytic solution E8.
<Negative electrode>
Adds SNO grade graphite (
なお、この負極において、負極活物質層の目付量は2.3mg/cm2であり、密度は0.86g/cm3であった。 Then, it dried at 80 degreeC for 20 minute (s), and the organic solvent was volatilized and removed from the negative electrode active material layer. After drying, the current collector and the negative electrode active material layer were firmly and closely joined with a roll press. This was vacuum-dried at 120 ° C. for 6 hours to form a negative electrode having a negative electrode active material layer thickness of about 30 μm.
In this negative electrode, the basis weight of the negative electrode active material layer was 2.3 mg / cm 2 and the density was 0.86 g / cm 3 .
作製した負極を評価極として用い、非水電解質二次電池を作製した。対極は、金属リチウム箔(厚さ500μm)とした。この非水電解質二次電池は評価用の非水電解質二次電池、所謂ハーフセルである。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery>
A non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was produced using the produced negative electrode as an evaluation electrode. The counter electrode was a metal lithium foil (
黒鉛(A)に代えてSECカーボン株式会社のSNOグレード(平均粒径10μm)の黒鉛(以下、黒鉛(B)と言うことがある)を用いたこと以外は実施例1-1と同様にして負極を作製し、その他は実施例1-1と同様にして実施例1-2の非水電解質二次電池を得た。なお用いた黒鉛(B)を実施例1-1と同様にラマンスペクトル分析した結果、G-bandとD-bandのピークの強度比であるG/D比は4.4であった。 Example 1-2
Example 1-1 was used except that SNO grade graphite (
黒鉛(A)に代えて平均粒径10μmの黒鉛(C)を用いたこと以外は実施例1-1と同様にして負極を作製し、その他は実施例1-1と同様にして実施例1-3の非水電解質二次電池を得た。なお用いた黒鉛(C)を実施例1-1と同様にラマンスペクトル分析した結果、G-bandとD-bandのピークの強度比であるG/D比は16.0であった。 (Example 1-3)
A negative electrode was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that graphite (C) having an average particle diameter of 10 μm was used in place of graphite (A), and the other examples were the same as in Example 1-1. -3 non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was obtained. The graphite (C) used was subjected to Raman spectrum analysis in the same manner as in Example 1-1. As a result, the G / D ratio, which is the intensity ratio of the G-band and D-band peaks, was 16.0.
電解液E11を用いたこと以外は実施例1-3と同様にして、実施例1-4の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Example 1-4)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-4 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-3 except that the electrolytic solution E11 was used.
黒鉛(A)に代えて伊藤黒鉛工業株式会社の品名SG-BH(平均粒径20μm)の黒鉛(以下、黒鉛(D)と言うことがある)を用いたこと以外は実施例1-1と同様にして負極を作製し、その他は実施例1-1と同様にして比較例1-1の非水電解質二次電池を得た。なお用いた黒鉛(D)を実施例1-1と同様にラマンスペクトル分析した結果、G-bandとD-bandのピークの強度比であるG/D比は3.4であった。 (Comparative Example 1-1)
Example 1-1 was used except that graphite of the product name SG-BH (
黒鉛(A)に代えて伊藤黒鉛工業株式会社の品名SG-BH8(平均粒径8μm)の黒鉛(以下、黒鉛(E)と言うことがある)を用いたこと以外は実施例1-1と同様にして負極を作製し、その他は実施例1-1と同様にして比較例1-2の非水電解質二次電池を得た。なお用いた黒鉛(E)を実施例1-1と同様にラマンスペクトル分析した結果、G-bandとD-bandのピークの強度比であるG/D比は3.2であった。 (Comparative Example 1-2)
Example 1-1 was used except that instead of graphite (A), graphite with the product name SG-BH8 (average particle size: 8 μm) of Ito Graphite Industries Co., Ltd. (hereinafter sometimes referred to as graphite (E)) was used. A negative electrode was produced in the same manner, and the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1. The graphite (E) used was subjected to Raman spectrum analysis in the same manner as in Example 1-1. As a result, the G / D ratio, which is the intensity ratio of the G-band and D-band peaks, was 3.2.
本発明の電解液に代えて、電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例1-1と同様にして比較例1-3の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 1-3)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-3 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-1 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
本発明の電解液に代えて、電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例1-2と同様にして比較例1-4の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 1-4)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-4 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-2 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
本発明の電解液に代えて、電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例1-3と同様にして比較例1-5の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 1-5)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-5 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-3 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
本発明の電解液に代えて、電解液C5を用いたこと以外は比較例1-1と同様にして比較例1-6の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 1-6)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-6 was obtained in the same manner as Comparative Example 1-1 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
本発明の電解液に代えて、電解液C5を用いたこと以外は比較例1-2と同様にして比較例1-7の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 1-7)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-7 was obtained in the same manner as Comparative Example 1-2 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
実施例1-1~1-4および比較例1-1~1-7の非水電解質二次電池について、温度:25℃、掃引速度:0.1mV/sec.、電圧範囲:0.01V-2V、1~5サイクル、の条件にてサイクリックボルタンメトリー(所謂CV)測定を行った。結果を図36~図45に示す。実施例1-1~1-4の非水電解質二次電池では、比較例1-1~1-7の非水電解質二次電池(すなわち従来の非水電解質二次電池)と同様に、可逆的な酸化還元反応が確認される。また比較例1-1および1-2の非水電解質二次電池のように、G/D比が3.5未満の黒鉛を用いても可逆的な酸化還元反応が確認される。すなわち本発明の電解液は、G/D比に関わらず黒鉛を負極活物質とすれば、非水電解質二次電池に利用できることがわかる。 (Evaluation example 9: cyclic voltammetry)
For the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Examples 1-1 to 1-4 and Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-7, the temperature was 25 ° C., the sweep rate was 0.1 mV / sec. Cyclic voltammetry (so-called CV) measurement was performed under the conditions of voltage range: 0.01V-2V, 1 to 5 cycles. The results are shown in FIGS. The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Examples 1-1 to 1-4 are reversible in the same manner as the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-7 (ie, conventional nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries). A typical redox reaction is confirmed. In addition, a reversible redox reaction is confirmed even when graphite having a G / D ratio of less than 3.5 is used, as in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Comparative Examples 1-1 and 1-2. That is, it can be understood that the electrolytic solution of the present invention can be used for a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery if graphite is used as a negative electrode active material regardless of the G / D ratio.
実施例1-5の非水電解質二次電池においては、実施例1-1と同様の負極を用いた。 (Example 1-5)
In the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-5, the same negative electrode as in Example 1-1 was used.
正極活物質としてLi[Ni0.5Co0.2Mn0.3]O2と、アセチレンブラック(AB)と、PVdFと、NMPを添加混合し、スラリー状の正極合剤を調製した。スラリー中の各成分(固形分)の組成比は、活物質:AB:PVdF=94:3:3(質量比)である。このスラリーをアルミニウム箔(集電体)の表面にドクターブレードを用いて塗布し、乾燥させて約25μmの厚さの正極活物質層をもつ正極を作製した。以下、必要に応じて、Li[Ni0.5Co0.2Mn0.3]O2をNCM523と呼ぶ。 <Positive electrode>
Li [Ni 0.5 Co 0.2 Mn 0.3 ] O 2 , acetylene black (AB), PVdF, and NMP were added and mixed as a positive electrode active material to prepare a slurry-like positive electrode mixture. The composition ratio of each component (solid content) in the slurry is active material: AB: PVdF = 94: 3: 3 (mass ratio). This slurry was applied to the surface of an aluminum foil (current collector) using a doctor blade and dried to produce a positive electrode having a positive electrode active material layer having a thickness of about 25 μm. Hereinafter, Li [Ni 0.5 Co 0.2 Mn 0.3 ] O 2 is referred to as NCM 523 as necessary.
上記の正極、負極および電解液E8を用いて、非水電解質二次電池の一種であるラミネート型リチウムイオン二次電池を製作した。詳しくは、正極および負極の間に、セパレータとして厚み260μmの実験用濾紙を挟装して極板群とした。この極板群を二枚一組のラミネートフィルムで覆い、三辺をシールした後、袋状となったラミネートフィルムに上記本発明の電解液を注入した。その後、残りの一辺をシールすることで、四辺が気密にシールされ、極板群および電解液が密閉されたラミネート型リチウムイオン二次電池を得た。なお、正極および負極は外部と電気的に接続可能なタブを備え、このタブの一部はラミネート型リチウムイオン二次電池の外側に延出している。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery>
Using the positive electrode, the negative electrode, and the electrolytic solution E8, a laminated lithium ion secondary battery, which is a kind of non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery, was manufactured. Specifically, an experimental filter paper having a thickness of 260 μm was sandwiched between the positive electrode and the negative electrode to form an electrode plate group. The electrode plate group was covered with a set of two laminated films, and the three sides were sealed. Then, the electrolyte solution of the present invention was injected into the bag-like laminated film. Thereafter, the remaining one side was sealed to obtain a laminate type lithium ion secondary battery in which the four sides were hermetically sealed and the electrode plate group and the electrolyte were sealed. Note that the positive electrode and the negative electrode have a tab that can be electrically connected to the outside, and a part of the tab extends to the outside of the laminated lithium ion secondary battery.
電解液E4を用いたこと以外は実施例1-5と同様にして実施例1-6の非水電解質二次電池を作製した。 (Example 1-6)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-6 was produced in the same manner as Example 1-5 except that the electrolytic solution E4 was used.
本発明の電解液に代えて電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例1-5と同様にして比較例1-8の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 1-8)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-8 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-5 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
実施例1-5、1-6および比較例1-8の非水電解質二次電池に対し、電位差4.2V、定電流定電圧条件で満充電した。満充電後の非水電解質二次電池を解体し、負極を取り出した。当該負極2.8mgおよび電解液1.68μLをステンレス製のパンに入れ、該パンを密閉した。密閉パンを用いて、窒素雰囲気下、昇温速度20℃/min.の条件で示差走査熱量分析を行い、DSC曲線を観察した。実施例1-5と比較例1-8の非水電解質二次電池のDSCチャートを図46に、実施例1-6と比較例1-8の非水電解質二次電池のDSCチャートを図47にそれぞれ示す。 (Evaluation Example 10: Thermal stability)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Examples 1-5 and 1-6 and Comparative Example 1-8 were fully charged under a potential difference of 4.2 V and a constant current and constant voltage condition. The fully charged nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery was disassembled and the negative electrode was taken out. 2.8 mg of the negative electrode and 1.68 μL of the electrolytic solution were placed in a stainless steel pan, and the pan was sealed. Using a sealed pan, under a nitrogen atmosphere, the heating rate was 20 ° C./min. The differential scanning calorimetry was performed under the conditions described above, and the DSC curve was observed. 46 shows a DSC chart of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 1-5 and Comparative Example 1-8, and FIG. 47 shows a DSC chart of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 1-6 and Comparative Example 1-8. Respectively.
実施例1-1と比較例1-1の非水電解質二次電池を用い、下記の条件のもと、レート容量特性をそれぞれ評価した。結果を図48に示す。
(1) 負極へのリチウム吸蔵が進行する向きに電流を流す。
(2) 電圧範囲:2V→0.01V(v.s.Li/Li+)
(3) レート:0.1C、0.2C、0.5C、1C、2C、5C、10C、0.1C (0.01V到達後に電流を停止)
(4) 各レート3回ずつ(合計24サイクル)測定
なお、1Cは、一定電流において1時間で電池を完全充電、または放電させるために要する電流値を示す。 (Evaluation Example 11: Rate characteristics)
Using the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 1-1 and Comparative Example 1-1, the rate capacity characteristics were evaluated under the following conditions. The results are shown in FIG.
(1) Current is passed in the direction in which lithium occlusion proceeds to the negative electrode.
(2) Voltage range: 2 V → 0.01 V (vs. Li / Li + )
(3) Rate: 0.1C, 0.2C, 0.5C, 1C, 2C, 5C, 10C, 0.1C (current is stopped after reaching 0.01V)
(4)
実施例1-1~1-3と比較例1-1~1-3、1-7の非水電解質二次電池を用い、レート容量特性とサイクル容量維持率を評価した。
(1) 負極へのリチウム吸蔵が進行する向きに電流を流す。
(2) 電圧範囲:0.01V-2V(対Li)
(3) レート:0.1C、0.2C、0.5C、1C、2C、5C、10C、0.1C (0.01V到達後に電流を停止)
(4) 各レート3回ずつ(合計24サイクル)測定
(5) 温度は室温 (Evaluation Example 12: Rate characteristics, cycle durability)
Using the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Examples 1-1 to 1-3 and Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-3 and 1-7, the rate capacity characteristics and the cycle capacity retention rate were evaluated.
(1) Current is passed in the direction in which lithium occlusion proceeds to the negative electrode.
(2) Voltage range: 0.01V-2V (vs. Li)
(3) Rate: 0.1C, 0.2C, 0.5C, 1C, 2C, 5C, 10C, 0.1C (current is stopped after reaching 0.01V)
(4) 3 times for each rate (24 cycles in total) (5) Temperature is room temperature
<負極>
負極活物質として、SECカーボン株式会社のSNOグレード(平均粒径15μm)の黒鉛(以下、黒鉛(A)と言うことがある)を用いた。負極活物質である黒鉛(A)98質量部、ならびに結着剤であるスチレンブタジエンゴム1質量部およびカルボキシメチルセルロース1質量部を混合した。この混合物を適量のイオン交換水に分散させて、スラリー状の負極合剤を調製した。以下、必要に応じて、スチレンブタジエンゴムをSBRと略し、カルボキシメチルセルロースをCMCと略する。 (Example 1-7)
<Negative electrode>
As the negative electrode active material, SNO grade graphite (average particle size: 15 μm) graphite (hereinafter sometimes referred to as graphite (A)) manufactured by SEC Carbon Co., Ltd. was used. 98 parts by mass of graphite (A) as a negative electrode active material, 1 part by mass of styrene butadiene rubber as a binder, and 1 part by mass of carboxymethyl cellulose were mixed. This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of ion-exchanged water to prepare a slurry-like negative electrode mixture. Hereinafter, styrene butadiene rubber is abbreviated as SBR and carboxymethyl cellulose is abbreviated as CMC as necessary.
正極は、正極活物質層と、正極活物質層で被覆された集電体とからなる。正極活物質層は、正極活物質と、結着剤と、導電助剤とを有する。正極活物質は、LiNi0.5Co0.2Mn0.3O2からなる。結着剤はPVDFからなり、導電助剤はABからなる。集電体は、厚み20μmのアルミニウム箔からなる。正極活物質層を100質量部としたときの、正極活物質と結着剤と導電助剤との含有質量比は、94:3:3である。 <Positive electrode>
The positive electrode includes a positive electrode active material layer and a current collector covered with the positive electrode active material layer. The positive electrode active material layer has a positive electrode active material, a binder, and a conductive additive. The positive electrode active material is made of LiNi 0.5 Co 0.2 Mn 0.3 O 2 . The binder is made of PVDF, and the conductive additive is made of AB. The current collector is made of an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm. When the positive electrode active material layer is 100 parts by mass, the mass ratio of the positive electrode active material, the binder, and the conductive additive is 94: 3: 3.
上記の正極、負極および電解液E8を用い、セパレータとしてセルロース不織布(厚み20μm)を用いたこと以外は実施例1-5と同様にして、実施例1-7の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery>
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-7 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-5, except that the above positive electrode, negative electrode, and electrolytic solution E8 were used, and a cellulose nonwoven fabric (
本発明の電解液に代えて電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例1-7と同様にして比較例1-9の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 1-9)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-9 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-7, except that electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
実施例1-7と比較例1-9のリチウムイオン電池を用い、以下の条件で入力(充電)特性を評価した。
(1) 使用電圧範囲:3V-4.2V
(2) 容量:13.5mAh
(3) SOC80%
(4) 温度:0℃、25℃
(5) 測定回数:各3回 (Evaluation example 13: Input characteristics)
Using the lithium ion batteries of Example 1-7 and Comparative Example 1-9, the input (charging) characteristics were evaluated under the following conditions.
(1) Working voltage range: 3V-4.2V
(2) Capacity: 13.5mAh
(3)
(4) Temperature: 0 ° C, 25 ° C
(5) Number of measurements: 3 times each
電解液E11を用いた実施例1-8の非水電解質二次電池を以下のとおり製造した。 (Example 1-8)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-8 using the electrolytic solution E11 was produced as follows.
活物質である平均粒径10μmの天然黒鉛90質量部、および結着剤であるPVdF10質量部を混合した。この混合物を適量のNMPに分散させて、スラリーを作製した。集電体として厚み20μmの銅箔を準備した。この銅箔の表面に、ドクターブレードを用いて、上記スラリー2.46mgを膜状に塗布した。なお実施例1-8で用いた天然黒鉛のG/D比は4.4であった。 <Negative electrode>
90 parts by mass of natural graphite having an average particle diameter of 10 μm as an active material and 10 parts by mass of PVdF as a binder were mixed. This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of NMP to prepare a slurry. A copper foil having a thickness of 20 μm was prepared as a current collector. 2.46 mg of the slurry was applied to the surface of the copper foil in the form of a film using a doctor blade. The G / D ratio of natural graphite used in Example 1-8 was 4.4.
対極は金属Liとした。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery>
The counter electrode was metal Li.
電解液E11に代えて電解液E8を用いた以外は、実施例1-8と同様の方法で、実施例1-9の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Example 1-9)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-9 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-8, except that electrolytic solution E8 was used instead of electrolytic solution E11.
電解液E11に代えて電解液E16を用いた以外は、実施例1-8と同様の方法で、実施例1-10の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Example 1-10)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-10 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-8, except that electrolytic solution E16 was used instead of electrolytic solution E11.
電解液E11に代えて電解液E19を用いた以外は、実施例1-8と同様の方法で、実施例1-11の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Example 1-11)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-11 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-8, except that electrolytic solution E19 was used instead of electrolytic solution E11.
電解液E11に代えて電解液C5を用いたこと以外は、実施例1-8と同様にして比較例1-10の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 1-10)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-10 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-8 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E11.
実施例1-8~1-11および比較例1-10の非水電解質二次電池のそれぞれに対して、表14に示す条件で充放電試験を3回行った。その時の充放電曲線を図49~53にそれぞれ示す。 (Evaluation Example 14: Reversibility of reaction)
Each of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Examples 1-8 to 1-11 and Comparative Example 1-10 was subjected to a charge / discharge test three times under the conditions shown in Table 14. The charge / discharge curves at that time are shown in FIGS.
実施例1-8~1-11、比較例1-10の非水電解質二次電池のレート特性を以下の方法で試験した。各非水電解質二次電池に対し、0.1C、0.2C、0.5C、1C、2Cレートで充電を行った後に放電を行い、それぞれの速度における作用極の放電容量を測定した。なお、1Cとは、一定電流において1時間で電池を完全充電または放電させるために要する電流値を意味する。またここでの記述は、対極を負極、作用極を正極とみなしている。0.1Cレートでの作用極の容量に対する他のレートにおける容量の割合すなわちレート特性を算出した。結果を表15に示す。 (Evaluation Example 15: Rate characteristics)
The rate characteristics of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Examples 1-8 to 1-11 and Comparative Example 1-10 were tested by the following method. Each non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was charged at a rate of 0.1 C, 0.2 C, 0.5 C, 1 C, and 2 C, and then discharged, and the discharge capacity of the working electrode at each speed was measured. 1C means a current value required to fully charge or discharge the battery in one hour at a constant current. In the description here, the counter electrode is regarded as a negative electrode, and the working electrode is regarded as a positive electrode. The ratio of the capacity at other rates to the capacity of the working electrode at the 0.1 C rate, that is, the rate characteristic was calculated. The results are shown in Table 15.
実施例1-8~1-11、比較例1-10の非水電解質二次電池の容量維持率を以下の方法で試験した。 (Evaluation Example 16: Capacity maintenance rate)
The capacity retention rates of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Examples 1-8 to 1-11 and Comparative Example 1-10 were tested by the following method.
容量維持率(%)=B/A×100
A:最初の0.1C充放電サイクルにおける2回目の作用極の放電容量
B:最後の0.1Cの充放電サイクルにおける2回目の作用極の放電容量 Each non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery is CC charged (constant current charge) to 25 ° C. and a voltage of 2.0 V, and is subjected to CC discharge (constant current discharge) to a voltage of 0.01 V. A discharge cycle was performed. Specifically, first, charge / discharge is performed for 3 cycles at a charge / discharge rate of 0.1C, and then charge / discharge is performed for each charge / discharge rate in 3 cycles in the order of 0.2C, 0.5C, 1C, 2C, 5C, Finally, 3 cycles of charge and discharge were performed at 0.1 C. The capacity retention rate (%) of each non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was determined by the following formula.
Capacity maintenance rate (%) = B / A × 100
A: Discharge capacity of the second working electrode in the first 0.1 C charge / discharge cycle B: Discharge capacity of the second working electrode in the last 0.1 C charge / discharge cycle
電解液E9を用いたこと以外は実施例1-2と同様にして、実施例1-12の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Example 1-12)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-12 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-2 except that the electrolytic solution E9 was used.
実施例1-12と比較例1-4の非水電解質二次電池を用い、-20℃でのレート特性を以下のとおり評価した。結果を図54および図55に示す。
(1) 負極(評価極)へのリチウム吸蔵が進行する向きに電流を流す。
(2) 電圧範囲:2V→0.01V(v.s.Li/Li+)
(3) レート:0.02C、0.05C、0.1C、0.2C、0.5C (0.01V到達後に電流を停止)
なお、1Cは、一定電流において1時間で電池を完全充電、または放電させるために要する電流値を示す。 (Evaluation Example 17: Rate characteristics at low temperature)
Using the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 1-12 and Comparative Example 1-4, the rate characteristics at −20 ° C. were evaluated as follows. The results are shown in FIGS. 54 and 55.
(1) A current is passed in the direction in which lithium occlusion proceeds to the negative electrode (evaluation electrode).
(2) Voltage range: 2V → 0.01V (vs Li / Li +)
(3) Rate: 0.02C, 0.05C, 0.1C, 0.2C, 0.5C (current stopped after reaching 0.01V)
1C represents a current value required to fully charge or discharge the battery in one hour at a constant current.
実施例1-2および比較例1-4の非水電解質二次電池のレート特性を以下の方法で試験した。
各非水電解質二次電池に対し、0.1C、0.2C、0.5C、1C、2Cレートで充電を行った後に放電を行い、それぞれの速度における作用極の容量(放電容量)を測定し、対極を負極、作用極を正極とみなして、上記と同様にレート特性を算出した。結果を表17に示す。 (Evaluation Example 18: Rate characteristics)
The rate characteristics of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 1-2 and Comparative Example 1-4 were tested by the following method.
Each non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was charged at a rate of 0.1C, 0.2C, 0.5C, 1C, 2C, then discharged, and the capacity (discharge capacity) of the working electrode at each speed was measured. The rate characteristics were calculated in the same manner as described above, assuming that the counter electrode was a negative electrode and the working electrode was a positive electrode. The results are shown in Table 17.
実施例1-2および比較例1-4の非水電解質二次電池に対し、1Cレートで充放電を3回繰り返した際の、容量と電圧の変化を観察した。結果を図56に示す。 (Evaluation Example 19: Responsiveness to repeated rapid charge / discharge)
For the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 1-2 and Comparative Example 1-4, changes in capacity and voltage were observed when charging and discharging were repeated three times at a 1C rate. The results are shown in FIG.
<非水電解質二次電池(2)>
(実施例2-1)
<負極>
結晶子サイズ(L)が1.1nmのハードカーボンと、ポリフッ化ビニリデン(PVdF)と、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)を添加混合し、スラリー状の負極合剤を調製した。スラリー中の各成分(固形分)の組成比は、ハードカーボン:PVdF=9:1(質量比)である。 The reason why the polarization increased in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1-4 is that the amount sufficient for the reaction interface with the electrode due to the uneven Li concentration generated in the electrolyte when rapidly charging and discharging was repeated. It can be considered that the electrolyte solution can no longer supply Li, that is, the Li concentration of the electrolyte solution is unevenly distributed. In the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 1-2, it is considered that the uneven distribution of the Li concentration of the electrolytic solution could be suppressed by using the electrolytic solution of the present invention having a high Li concentration. Also from this result, it was confirmed that the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention using the electrolytic solution of the present invention exhibits excellent responsiveness to rapid charge / discharge.
<Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (2)>
Example 2-1
<Negative electrode>
A hard carbon having a crystallite size (L) of 1.1 nm, polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF), and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) were added and mixed to prepare a slurry-like negative electrode mixture. The composition ratio of each component (solid content) in the slurry is hard carbon: PVdF = 9: 1 (mass ratio).
上記で作製した負極を評価極として用い、非水電解質二次電池を作製した。対極は、金属リチウム箔(厚さ500μm)とした。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery>
Using the negative electrode produced above as an evaluation electrode, a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was produced. The counter electrode was a metal lithium foil (
電解液E8に代えて電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして比較例2-1の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 2-1)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
実施例2-1の非水電解質二次電池および比較例2-1の非水電解質二次電池について、下記の条件のもと、レート容量特性をそれぞれ評価した。初回の充放電曲線を図57に、レート容量試験結果を図58に示す。
(1) 負極へのリチウム吸蔵が進行する向きに電流を流す。
(2) 電圧範囲:2V→0.01V(v.s.Li/Li+)
(3) レート:0.1C、0.2C、0.5C、1C、2C、5C、10C、0.1C (0.01V到達後に電流を停止)
(4) 各レート3回ずつ(合計24サイクル)測定
なお、1Cは、一定電流において1時間で電池を完全充電、または放電させるために要する電流値を示す。 (Evaluation Example 20: Reversibility of charge / discharge)
The rate capacity characteristics of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 2-1 and the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-1 were evaluated under the following conditions. The initial charge / discharge curve is shown in FIG. 57, and the rate capacity test results are shown in FIG.
(1) Current is passed in the direction in which lithium occlusion proceeds to the negative electrode.
(2) Voltage range: 2 V → 0.01 V (vs. Li / Li + )
(3) Rate: 0.1C, 0.2C, 0.5C, 1C, 2C, 5C, 10C, 0.1C (current is stopped after reaching 0.01V)
(4)
結晶子サイズ(L)が4.2nmのソフトカーボンを選び、このソフトカーボンを用いたこと以外は実施例1-1と同様にして負極を作製した。この負極を用いたこと以外は実施例1-1と同様にして実施例2-2の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Example 2-2)
A negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that soft carbon having a crystallite size (L) of 4.2 nm was selected and this soft carbon was used. A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 2-2 was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-1 except that this negative electrode was used.
電解液E11を用いたこと以外は、実施例2-1と同様にして実施例2-3の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Example 2-3)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 2-3 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2-1, except that the electrolytic solution E11 was used.
実施例2-3と同じ電解液E11を用いたこと以外は、実施例2-2と同様にして実施例2-4の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Example 2-4)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 2-4 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2-2, except that the same electrolytic solution E11 as in Example 2-3 was used.
結晶子サイズ(L)が28nmである黒鉛を選び、この黒鉛を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして負極を作製した。この負極を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして比較例2-2の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 2-2)
A negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that graphite having a crystallite size (L) of 28 nm was selected and this graphite was used. A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that this negative electrode was used.
結晶子サイズ(L)が42nmである黒鉛を選び、この黒鉛を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして負極を作製した。この負極を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして比較例2-3の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 2-3)
A negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that graphite having a crystallite size (L) of 42 nm was selected and this graphite was used. A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-3 was obtained in the same manner as Example 2-1, except that this negative electrode was used.
実施例2-1と同様のハードカーボンを用い、実施例2-1と同様にして負極を作製した。この負極を用い、本発明の電解液に代えて電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして比較例2-4の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 2-4)
Using the same hard carbon as in Example 2-1, a negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1. A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-4 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that this negative electrode was used and the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
実施例2-2と同様のソフトカーボンを用い、実施例2-1と同様にして負極を作製した。この負極を用い、本発明の電解液に代えて電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして比較例2-5の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 2-5)
Using the same soft carbon as in Example 2-2, a negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1. A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that this negative electrode was used and the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
比較例2-2と同様にして負極を作製した。この負極を用い、本発明の電解液に代えて電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして比較例2-6の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 2-6)
A negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 2-2. A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-6 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that this negative electrode was used and the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
比較例2-3と同様にして負極を作製した。この負極を用い、本発明の電解液に代えて電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして比較例2-7の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 2-7)
A negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 2-3. A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 2-7 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that this negative electrode was used and the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
実施例2-1、実施例2-2および比較例2-2~比較例2-7の非水電解質二次電池について、上記の(評価例20:充放電の可逆性)と同一条件のもと、レート容量特性をそれぞれ評価した。0.1Cレートの電流容量に対する5Cレートの電流容量の比をレート容量特性とした。結果を表18に示す。 (Evaluation Example 21: Rate characteristics)
Regarding the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 2-1, Example 2-2, and Comparative Examples 2-2 to 2-7, the same conditions as in the above (Evaluation Example 20: Reversibility of charge / discharge) are used. The rate capacity characteristics were evaluated. The ratio of the 5C rate current capacity to the 0.1C rate current capacity was defined as the rate capacity characteristic. The results are shown in Table 18.
また実施例2-3および実施例2-4のように、電解液用の有機溶媒として鎖状カーボネートであるDMCを用いる場合にも同様に、比較例2-2および比較例2-3に比べて優れたレート容量特性が発現される。 As in Comparative Example 2-2 and Comparative Example 2-3, a combination of a carbon material having a crystallite size (L) exceeding 20 nm and the electrolytic solution of the present invention cannot provide a sufficiently large rate capacity characteristic. On the other hand, by using a carbon material having a crystallite size (L) of less than 20 nm as in Example 2-1 and Example 2-2, even when using the electrolytic solution of the present invention, Comparative Examples 2-4 to Excellent rate capacity characteristics equivalent to or better than those of Example 2-7 are exhibited. Moreover, the tendency for the rate capacity characteristics to improve as the crystallite size (L) decreases is observed, and the crystallite size (L) is more preferably 5 nm or less.
Similarly, when DMC, which is a chain carbonate, is used as the organic solvent for the electrolytic solution as in Example 2-3 and Example 2-4, it is similarly compared with Comparative Example 2-2 and Comparative Example 2-3. Excellent rate capacity characteristics.
(実施例3-1)
上記した電解液E8と、シリコン-炭素複合体粉末からなる負極活物質と、を用いて、実施例3-1の非水電解質二次電池を製造した。
<負極>
シリコン-炭素複合体粉末は、粒子径50nmのSi粉末とアセチレンブラックとを質量比6:4で混合し、遊星ボールミルを用いて複合化することで得られたものである。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (3)>
Example 3-1
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-1 was manufactured using the above-described electrolytic solution E8 and a negative electrode active material made of silicon-carbon composite powder.
<Negative electrode>
The silicon-carbon composite powder is obtained by mixing Si powder having a particle diameter of 50 nm and acetylene black at a mass ratio of 6: 4 and using a planetary ball mill to form a composite.
実施例3-2の非水電解質二次電池は、負極合剤の組成以外は実施例3-1の非水電解質二次電池と同じものである。実施例3-2の非水電解質二次電池における負極合剤は、負極活物質としてのシリコン-炭素複合体粉末75質量部と、同じく負極活物質としての黒鉛15質量部と、結着剤としてのポリアミドイミド(PAI)10質量部とを含む。 (Example 3-2)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-2 is the same as the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-1, except for the composition of the negative electrode mixture. The negative electrode mixture in the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-2 was 75 parts by mass of silicon-carbon composite powder as the negative electrode active material, 15 parts by mass of graphite as the negative electrode active material, and as the binder. And 10 parts by mass of polyamideimide (PAI).
実施例3-3の非水電解質二次電池は電解液E11を用いた以外は実施例3-2の非水電解質二次電池と同じものである。 (Example 3-3)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-3 is the same as the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-2 except that the electrolytic solution E11 is used.
比較例3-1の非水電解質二次電池は、電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例3-1の非水電解質二次電池と同じものである。 (Comparative Example 3-1)
The non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 3-1 is the same as the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-1 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used.
比較例3-2の非水電解質二次電池は、比較例3-1と同じ電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例3-2の非水電解質二次電池と同じものである。 (Comparative Example 3-2)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 3-2 is the same as the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 3-2 except that the same electrolytic solution C5 as Comparative Example 3-1 was used.
実施例3-1~実施例3-3、比較例3-1および比較例3-2の非水電解質二次電池の充放電特性を以下の方法で評価した。 (Evaluation Example 22: Charge / Discharge Characteristics)
The charge / discharge characteristics of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 3-1 to Example 3-3, Comparative Example 3-1 and Comparative Example 3-2 were evaluated by the following methods.
(実施例4-1)
上記した電解液E8を用いて実施例4-1の非水電解質二次電池を製造した。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (4)>
Example 4-1
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 was manufactured using the above-described electrolytic solution E8.
実施例4-1の非水電解質二次電池における負極は、負極活物質、バインダおよび導電助剤を含む。負極活物質としてチタン酸リチウム(Li4Ti5O12、所謂LTO)を90質量部、バインダとしてSBRを2質量部、同じくバインダとしてCMCを2質量部、および、導電助剤としてケッチェンブラック(KB)を6質量部とり、これらを混合した。この混合物を適量のイオン交換水に分散させてスラリー状の負極合剤を調製した。ドクターブレードを用いて、この負極合剤を負極集電体に膜状に塗布した。負極集電体としては、厚さ20μmの銅箔を用いた。負極合剤と負極集電体との複合体を乾燥後、ローラープレス機を用いてプレスして、接合物を得た。プレス後の接合物を、真空乾燥機内で100℃、6時間加熱し、所定の形状に裁断して負極を得た。 <Negative electrode>
The negative electrode in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-1 includes a negative electrode active material, a binder, and a conductive additive. 90 parts by mass of lithium titanate (Li 4 Ti 5 O 12 , so-called LTO) as a negative electrode active material, 2 parts by mass of SBR as a binder, 2 parts by mass of CMC as a binder, and ketjen black (as a conductive additive) 6 parts by weight of KB) was taken and mixed. This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of ion-exchanged water to prepare a slurry-like negative electrode mixture. This negative electrode mixture was applied to the negative electrode current collector in a film form using a doctor blade. As the negative electrode current collector, a copper foil having a thickness of 20 μm was used. The composite of the negative electrode mixture and the negative electrode current collector was dried and then pressed using a roller press to obtain a bonded product. The bonded product after pressing was heated in a vacuum dryer at 100 ° C. for 6 hours, and cut into a predetermined shape to obtain a negative electrode.
実施例4-2の非水電解質二次電池は、電解液E8に代えて電解液E11を用いた事以外は実施例4-1と同様に製造した。
(実施例4-3)
実施例4-3の非水電解質二次電池は、電解液E8に代えて電解液E13を用いた事以外は実施例4-1と同様に製造した。 (Example 4-2)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-2 was manufactured in the same manner as Example 4-1, except that the electrolytic solution E11 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
(Example 4-3)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 4-3 was manufactured in the same manner as Example 4-1, except that the electrolytic solution E13 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
比較例1の非水電解質二次電池は、電解液の成分が実施例4-1と相違する。比較例4-1の非水電解質二次電池では電解液C5を用いた。その他の構成は実施例4-1と同様である。 (Comparative Example 4-1)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 1 is different from Example 4-1 in the components of the electrolytic solution. In the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 4-1, the electrolytic solution C5 was used. Other configurations are the same as those of the embodiment 4-1.
実施例4-1および比較例4-1の非水電解質二次電池のエネルギー密度および充放電効率を以下の方法で評価した。 (Evaluation Example 23: Energy density and charge / discharge efficiency)
The energy density and charge / discharge efficiency of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 4-1 and Comparative Example 4-1 were evaluated by the following methods.
(実施例5-1)
電解液E8を用い、実施例5-1の非水電解質二次電池を作製した。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery (5)>
Example 5-1
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 5-1 was produced using the electrolytic solution E8.
伊藤黒鉛工業株式会社製品名SG-BH8(平均粒径8μm)98質量部、ならびに結着剤であるSBR1質量部およびCMC1質量部を混合した。この混合物を適量のイオン交換水に分散させて、スラリーを作製した。なお、用いた黒鉛粒子のアスペクト比は2.1であり、X線回折で測定したI(110)/I(004)が0.035であった。 <Negative electrode>
98 parts by mass of Ito Graphite Industries Co., Ltd. product name SG-BH8 (
正極は、正極活物質層と、正極活物質層で被覆された集電体とからなる。正極活物質層は、正極活物質と、結着剤と、導電助剤とを有する。正極活物質はNCM523からなる。結着剤は、PVdFからなる。導電助剤は、ABからなる。集電体は、厚み20μmのアルミニウム箔からなる。正極活物質層を100質量部としたときの、正極活物質と結着剤と導電助剤との含有質量比は、94:3:3である。 <Positive electrode>
The positive electrode includes a positive electrode active material layer and a current collector covered with the positive electrode active material layer. The positive electrode active material layer has a positive electrode active material, a binder, and a conductive additive. The positive electrode active material is NCM523. The binder is made of PVdF. The conductive auxiliary agent is made of AB. The current collector is made of an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm. When the positive electrode active material layer is 100 parts by mass, the mass ratio of the positive electrode active material, the binder, and the conductive additive is 94: 3: 3.
上記の正極、負極および電解液E8を用いて、非水電解質二次電池の一種であるラミネート型リチウムイオン二次電池を製作した。詳しくは、正極および負極の間に、セパレータとしてセルロース不織布(厚み20μm)を挟装して極板群とした。この極板群を二枚一組のラミネートフィルムで覆い、三辺をシールした後、袋状となったラミネートフィルムに上記電解液を注入した。その後、残りの一辺をシールすることで、四辺が気密にシールされ、極板群および電解液が密閉されたラミネート型リチウムイオン二次電池を得た。なお、正極および負極は外部と電気的に接続可能なタブを備え、このタブの一部はラミネート型リチウムイオン二次電池の外側に延出している。以下、便宜上、このリチウムイオン二次電池を実施例5-1の非水電解質二次電池という。実施例5-1の非水電解質二次電池および以下の各電池の詳細を、実施例の欄の文末の表45に示す。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery>
Using the positive electrode, the negative electrode, and the electrolytic solution E8, a laminated lithium ion secondary battery, which is a kind of non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery, was manufactured. Specifically, a cellulose nonwoven fabric (
活物質にアスペクト比が6.5の黒鉛(SECカーボン株式会社のSNOグレード(平均粒径10μm))を用いたこと以外は実施例5-1と同様にして負極を作製し、負極活物質層の目付けが実施例5-1と同程度の負極を形成した。その他は実施例5-1と同様にして比較例5-1の非水電解質二次電池を得た。X線回折で測定したI(110)/I(004)は0.027であった。 (Comparative Example 5-1)
A negative electrode was produced in the same manner as in Example 5-1, except that graphite having an aspect ratio of 6.5 (SNO grade (average particle size: 10 μm) from SEC Carbon Co., Ltd.) was used as the active material. A negative electrode having the same basis weight as in Example 5-1 was formed. Other than that, a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 5-1 was obtained in the same manner as Example 5-1. I (110) / I (004) measured by X-ray diffraction was 0.027.
電解液E8に代えて電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例5-1と同様にして比較例5-2の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 5-2)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 5-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5-1, except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
実施例5-1、比較例5-1、および比較例5-2の非水電解質二次電池を用い、以下の条件で入力(充電)特性を評価した。
(1) 使用電圧範囲:3V-4.2V
(2) 容量:13.5mAh
(3) SOC80%
(4) 温度:0℃、25℃
(5) 測定回数:各3回 (Evaluation Example 24: Input characteristics)
Using the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 5-1, Comparative Example 5-1, and Comparative Example 5-2, the input (charging) characteristics were evaluated under the following conditions.
(1) Working voltage range: 3V-4.2V
(2) Capacity: 13.5mAh
(3)
(4) Temperature: 0 ° C, 25 ° C
(5) Number of measurements: 3 times each
<正極>
正極は、正極活物質層と、正極活物質層で被覆された集電体とからなる。正極活物質層は、正極活物質と、結着剤と、導電助剤とを有する。正極活物質は、NCM523からなる。結着剤はPVdFからなる。導電助剤はABからなる。集電体は、厚み20μmのアルミニウム箔からなる。正極活物質層を100質量部としたときの、正極活物質と結着剤と導電助剤との含有質量比は、94:3:3である。 (Example 5-2)
<Positive electrode>
The positive electrode includes a positive electrode active material layer and a current collector covered with the positive electrode active material layer. The positive electrode active material layer has a positive electrode active material, a binder, and a conductive additive. The positive electrode active material is NCM523. The binder is made of PVdF. The conductive auxiliary agent is made of AB. The current collector is made of an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm. When the positive electrode active material layer is 100 parts by mass, the mass ratio of the positive electrode active material, the binder, and the conductive additive is 94: 3: 3.
負極は、負極活物質層と、負極活物質層で被覆された集電体とからなる。負極活物質層は、負極活物質と、結着剤とを有する。負極を作製するために、負極活物質としての黒鉛98質量部と、結着剤としてSBR1質量部およびCMC1質量部とを混合した。この混合物を適量のイオン交換水に分散させてスラリー状の負極合剤を作製した。このスラリー状の負極合剤を負極用集電体である厚み20μmの銅箔にドクターブレードを用いて膜状になるように塗布して負極活物質層を形成した。負極活物質層と集電体との複合材を乾燥後プレスし、プレス後の接合物を100℃で6時間、真空乾燥機で加熱し、所定の形状に切り取り、負極とした。 <Negative electrode>
The negative electrode includes a negative electrode active material layer and a current collector covered with the negative electrode active material layer. The negative electrode active material layer has a negative electrode active material and a binder. In order to produce a negative electrode, 98 parts by mass of graphite as a negative electrode active material and 1 part by mass of SBR and 1 part by mass of CMC were mixed as a binder. This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of ion-exchanged water to prepare a slurry-like negative electrode mixture. The slurry-like negative electrode mixture was applied to a copper foil having a thickness of 20 μm, which is a negative electrode current collector, so as to form a film using a doctor blade to form a negative electrode active material layer. The composite material of the negative electrode active material layer and the current collector was dried and pressed, and the bonded product after pressing was heated in a vacuum dryer at 100 ° C. for 6 hours, cut into a predetermined shape, and used as a negative electrode.
上記した正極と負極を用い、電解液として前述の電解液E11を用いたこと以外は実施例5-1と同様にして実施例5-2の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 <Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery>
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 5-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5-1, except that the above positive electrode and negative electrode were used and the above-described electrolytic solution E11 was used as the electrolytic solution.
電解液E11にかえて、電解液C5を用いたこと以外は実施例5-2と同様にして比較例5-3の非水電解質二次電池を得た。 (Comparative Example 5-3)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 5-3 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5-2 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E11.
実施例5-2、比較例5-3の非水電解質二次電池を用い、それぞれ温度25℃、1CのCC充電の条件下において4.1Vまで充電し、1分間休止した後、1CのCC放電で3.0Vまで放電し、1分間休止するサイクルを500サイクル繰り返すサイクル試験を行った。500サイクル目における放電容量維持率を測定し、結果を表23に示す。放電容量維持率は、500サイクル目の放電容量を初回の放電容量で除した値の百分率((500サイクル目の放電容量)/(初回の放電容量)×100)で求められる値である。サイクル試験中の放電容量維持率の変化を図65に示す。 (Evaluation Example 25: Cycle durability)
Using the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary batteries of Example 5-2 and Comparative Example 5-3, the battery was charged to 4.1 V under the conditions of CC charging at a temperature of 25 ° C. and 1 C, and after resting for 1 minute, the CC of 1 C A cycle test was conducted by repeating 500 cycles of discharging to 3.0 V and resting for 1 minute. The discharge capacity retention ratio at the 500th cycle was measured, and the results are shown in Table 23. The discharge capacity retention ratio is a value obtained as a percentage of the value obtained by dividing the discharge capacity at the 500th cycle by the initial discharge capacity ((discharge capacity at the 500th cycle) / (initial discharge capacity) × 100). FIG. 65 shows the change in the discharge capacity retention rate during the cycle test.
以下、試験例および参考試験例を挙げて、本発明の非水電解質二次電池が採り得るその他の態様をさらに詳しく説明する。以下、試験例の非水電解質二次電池をEBとし、参考試験例の非水電解質二次電池をCBとする。EBとCBとの違いは電解液にあり、EBは本発明の電解液を用いたものである。
上述したように、本発明の電解液を用いた非水電解質二次電池の負極には、皮膜(S,O含有皮膜)が形成される。参考までに、S,O含有皮膜の分析結果を以下に挙げる。なお、以下の非水電解質二次電池には、既述のものも含まれている。 (Other aspects I)
Hereinafter, other embodiments that the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the present invention can take will be described in more detail with reference to test examples and reference test examples. Hereinafter, the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the test example is EB, and the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery of the reference test example is CB. The difference between EB and CB lies in the electrolytic solution, and EB uses the electrolytic solution of the present invention.
As described above, a film (S, O-containing film) is formed on the negative electrode of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the electrolytic solution of the present invention. For reference, the analysis results of the S, O-containing coating are listed below. The following nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries include those described above.
電解液E8を用いた非水電解質二次電池EB1を以下のとおり製造した。正極は、実施例5-1の非水電解質二次電池の正極と同様に製造し、負極は実施例5-2の非水電解質二次電池の負極と同様に製造した。その他、セパレータとして実験用濾紙(東洋濾紙株式会社、セルロース製、厚み260μm)を用いた事以外は、実施例5-1と同様にして、非水電解質二次電池EB1を得た。 (EB1)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB1 using the electrolytic solution E8 was produced as follows. The positive electrode was produced in the same manner as the positive electrode of the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery in Example 5-1, and the negative electrode was produced in the same manner as the negative electrode in the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery in Example 5-2. In addition, a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5-1, except that experimental filter paper (Toyo Filter Paper Co., Ltd., cellulose, thickness: 260 μm) was used as the separator.
非水電解質二次電池EB2は、電解液E4を用いたこと以外はEB1と同様である。 (EB2)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB2 is the same as EB1 except that the electrolytic solution E4 is used.
非水電解質二次電池EB3は、電解液E11を用いたこと以外はEB1と同様である。 (EB3)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB3 is the same as EB1 except that the electrolytic solution E11 is used.
非水電解質二次電池EB4は電解液E11を用いたこと、正極活物質と導電助剤と結着剤との混合比、およびセパレータ以外はEB1と同様である。正極については、NCM523:AB:PVdF=90:8:2とした。正極における活物質層の目付量は5.5mg/cm2であり、密度は2.5g/cm3であった。これは以下のEB5~EB7およびCB2、CB3についても同様である。
負極については、天然黒鉛:SBR:CMC=98:1:1とした。負極における活物質層の目付量は3.8mg/cm2であり、密度は1.1g/cm3であった。これは以下のEB5~EB7およびCB2、CB3についても同様である。セパレータとしては厚さ20μmのセルロース製不織布を用いた。 (EB4)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB4 is the same as EB1 except that the electrolytic solution E11 is used, the mixing ratio of the positive electrode active material, the conductive additive and the binder, and the separator. About the positive electrode, it was set as NCM523: AB: PVdF = 90: 8: 2. The basis weight of the active material layer in the positive electrode was 5.5 mg / cm 2 and the density was 2.5 g / cm 3 . The same applies to the following EB5 to EB7, CB2 and CB3.
The negative electrode was natural graphite: SBR: CMC = 98: 1: 1. The basis weight of the active material layer in the negative electrode was 3.8 mg / cm 2 , and the density was 1.1 g / cm 3 . The same applies to the following EB5 to EB7, CB2 and CB3. A cellulose nonwoven fabric with a thickness of 20 μm was used as the separator.
非水電解質二次電池EB5は、電解液E8を用いたこと以外はEB4と同様である。 (EB5)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB5 is the same as EB4 except that the electrolytic solution E8 is used.
非水電解質二次電池EB6は、負極用の結着材の種類、および負極活物質と結着剤との混合比はEB4と同様である。負極については、天然黒鉛:ポリアクリル酸(PAA)=90:10とした。 (EB6)
In the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB6, the type of the binder for the negative electrode and the mixing ratio of the negative electrode active material and the binder are the same as those of EB4. The negative electrode was natural graphite: polyacrylic acid (PAA) = 90: 10.
非水電解質二次電池EB7は電解液E8を用いたこと以外はEB6と同様である。 (EB7)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB7 is the same as EB6 except that the electrolytic solution E8 is used.
非水電解質二次電池CB1は、電解液C5を用いた以外は、EB1と同様である。 (CB1)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB1 is the same as EB1 except that the electrolytic solution C5 is used.
非水電解質二次電池CB2は、電解液C5を用いたこと以外はEB4と同様である。 (CB2)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB2 is the same as EB4 except that the electrolytic solution C5 is used.
非水電解質二次電池CB3は電解液C5を用いたこと以外はEB6と同様である。 (CB3)
The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB3 is the same as EB6 except that the electrolytic solution C5 is used.
以下、必要に応じて、EB1~EB7における負極の表面に形成されている皮膜をEB1~EB7の負極S,O含有皮膜と略し、CB1~CB3における負極の表面に形成されている皮膜をCB1~CB3の負極皮膜と略する。また、同様に、EB1~EB7における正極の表面に形成されている皮膜をEB1~EB7の正極S,O含有皮膜と略し、CB1~CB3における正極の表面に形成されている皮膜をCB1~CB3の正極皮膜と略する。 (Evaluation Example 26: Analysis of S, O-containing film)
Hereinafter, the film formed on the negative electrode surface of EB1 to EB7 is abbreviated as the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB1 to EB7, and the film formed on the negative electrode surface of CB1 to CB3 is referred to as CB1 to CB3. Abbreviated as CB3 negative electrode film. Similarly, the film formed on the surface of the positive electrode in EB1 to EB7 is abbreviated as the film containing the positive electrode S, O of EB1 to EB7, and the film formed on the surface of the positive electrode in CB1 to CB3 is made of CB1 to CB3. Abbreviated as positive electrode film.
EB1、EB2およびCB1について、100サイクル充放電を繰り返した後に、電圧3.0Vの放電状態でX線光電子分光分析(X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy、XPS)によりS,O含有皮膜または皮膜表面の分析を行った。前処理としては以下の処理を行った。先ず、各非水電解質二次電池を解体して負極を取出し、この負極を洗浄および乾燥して、分析対象となる負極を得た。洗浄は、DMC(ジメチルカーボネート)を用いて3回行った。また、セルの解体から分析対象としての負極を分析装置に搬送するまでの全ての工程を、Arガス雰囲気下で、負極を大気に触れさせることなく行った。以下の前処理をEB1、EB2およびCB1の各々について行い、得られた負極検体をXPS分析した。装置としては、アルバックファイ社 PHI5000 VersaProbeIIを用いた。X線源は単色AlKα線(15kV、10mA)であった。XPSにより測定されたEB1、EB2の負極S,O含有皮膜およびCB1の負極皮膜の分析結果を図66~図70に示す。具体的には、図66は炭素元素についての分析結果であり、図67はフッ素元素についての分析結果であり、図68は窒素元素についての分析結果であり、図69は酸素元素についての分析結果であり、図70は硫黄元素についての分析結果である。 (Analysis of negative electrode S, O-containing film and negative electrode film)
For EB1, EB2, and CB1, after repeating 100 cycles of charge and discharge, analysis of the S, O-containing film or film surface was performed by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) in a discharge state of voltage 3.0V. went. The following processing was performed as preprocessing. First, each non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was disassembled, the negative electrode was taken out, this negative electrode was washed and dried, and a negative electrode to be analyzed was obtained. Washing was performed 3 times using DMC (dimethyl carbonate). In addition, all steps from disassembling the cell to conveying the negative electrode as the analysis target to the analyzer were performed in an Ar gas atmosphere without exposing the negative electrode to the atmosphere. The following pretreatment was performed for each of EB1, EB2, and CB1, and the obtained negative electrode specimen was subjected to XPS analysis. As the apparatus, ULVAC-PHI PHI5000 VersaProbeII was used. The X-ray source was monochromatic AlKα radiation (15 kV, 10 mA). The analysis results of the negative electrode S, O-containing film of EB1 and EB2 and the negative electrode film of CB1 measured by XPS are shown in FIGS. Specifically, FIG. 66 shows the analysis result for carbon element, FIG. 67 shows the analysis result for fluorine element, FIG. 68 shows the analysis result for nitrogen element, and FIG. 69 shows the analysis result for oxygen element. FIG. 70 shows the result of analysis for elemental sulfur.
図70に示した硫黄元素(S)の分析結果について、更に詳細に解析した。EB1およびEB2の分析結果について、ガウス/ローレンツ混合関数を用いてピーク分離を行った。EB1の解析結果を図71に示し、EB2の解析結果を図72に示す。 These elements are all components derived from the electrolytic solution. In particular, S, O and F are components contained in the metal salt of the electrolytic solution, specifically, components contained in the chemical structure of the anion of the metal salt. Therefore, it can be seen from these results that each of the negative electrode S, O-containing film and the negative electrode film contains a component derived from the chemical structure of the anion of the metal salt (that is, the supporting salt).
The analysis result of elemental sulfur (S) shown in FIG. 70 was analyzed in more detail. About the analysis result of EB1 and EB2, peak separation was performed using the Gauss / Lorentz mixed function. 71 shows the analysis result of EB1, and FIG. 72 shows the analysis result of EB2.
上記した負極S,O含有皮膜のXPS分析結果を基に、EB1およびEB2の負極S,O含有皮膜およびCB1の負極皮膜における放電時のS元素の比率を算出した。具体的には、各々の負極S,O含有皮膜および負極皮膜につき、S、N、F、C、Oのピーク強度の総和を100%としたときのSの元素比を算出した。結果を表24に示す。 (S element ratio of negative electrode S, O-containing coating)
Based on the XPS analysis results of the negative electrode S and O-containing coating described above, the ratio of the S element during discharge in the negative electrode S and O-containing coating of EB1 and EB2 and the negative electrode coating of CB1 was calculated. Specifically, for each negative electrode S, O-containing film and negative electrode film, the element ratio of S was calculated when the sum of the peak intensities of S, N, F, C, and O was 100%. The results are shown in Table 24.
EB1について、100サイクル充放電を繰り返した後に電圧3.0Vの放電状態にしたもの、および、100サイクル充放電を繰り返した後に電圧4.1Vの充電状態にしたものを準備し、上記のXPS分析の前処理と同様の方法で分析対象となる負極検体を得た。得られた負極検体をFIB(集束イオンビーム:Focused Ion Beam)加工することにより、厚み100nm程度のSTEM分析用検体を得た。なお、FIB加工の前処理として、負極にはPtを蒸着した。以上の工程は負極を大気に触れさせることなくおこなった。 (Thickness of negative electrode S, O-containing film)
About EB1, the thing which was made into the discharge state of voltage 3.0V after repeating 100 cycles charging / discharging, and the thing made into the charge state of voltage 4.1V after repeating 100 cycles charging / discharging are prepared, and said XPS analysis A negative electrode specimen to be analyzed was obtained in the same manner as in the pretreatment. The obtained negative electrode specimen was processed by FIB (Focused Ion Beam) to obtain a specimen for STEM analysis having a thickness of about 100 nm. In addition, Pt was vapor-deposited on the negative electrode as a pretreatment for FIB processing. The above steps were performed without exposing the negative electrode to the atmosphere.
EB1について、3サイクル充放電を繰り返した後に電圧3.0Vの放電状態にしたもの、3サイクル充放電を繰り返した後に電圧4.1Vの充電状態にしたもの、100サイクル充放電を繰り返した後に電圧3.0Vの放電状態にしたもの、100サイクル充放電を繰り返した後に電圧4.1Vの充電状態にしたもの、の4つを準備した。4つのEB1について、それぞれ上述したのと同様の方法を用いて、分析対象となる正極を得た。そして得られた各正極をXPS分析した。結果を図77および図78に示す。なお、図77は酸素元素についての分析結果であり、図78は硫黄元素についての分析結果である。 (Analysis of positive electrode film)
For EB1, after 3 cycles of charge / discharge, a voltage of 3.0V was discharged, after 3 cycles of charge / discharge was repeated, a voltage of 4.1V was charged, after 100 cycles of charge / discharge was repeated Four were prepared: a 3.0V discharge state and a 100V charge state after repeated charge and discharge for 100 cycles. Using the same method as described above for each of the four EB1, positive electrodes to be analyzed were obtained. Then, each obtained positive electrode was analyzed by XPS. The results are shown in FIGS. 77 and 78. Note that FIG. 77 shows the analysis results for the oxygen element, and FIG. 78 shows the analysis results for the sulfur element.
EB4を、25℃、使用電圧範囲3.0V~4.1Vとし、レート1CでCC充放電を500サイクル繰り返した。500サイクル後、3.0Vの放電状態、および、4.0Vの充電状態で正極S,O含有皮膜のXPSスペクトルを測定した。また、サイクル試験前(つまり初回充放電後)における3.0Vの放電状態の負極S,O含有皮膜、および、500サイクル後における3.0Vの放電状態の負極S,O含有皮膜について、XPSによる元素分析をおこない、当該負極S,O含有皮膜に含まれるS元素比率を算出した。XPSにより測定されたEB4の正極S,O含有皮膜の分析結果を図79および図80に示す。具体的には、図79は硫黄元素についての分析結果であり、図80は酸素元素についての分析結果である。また、負極S,O含有皮膜のS元素比率(原子%)を表26に示す。なお、S元素比率は、上記の「負極S,O含有皮膜のS元素比率」の項と同様に算出した。 Further, for EB4, the positive electrode S, O-containing coating and the negative electrode S, O-containing coating were analyzed by XPS.
EB4 was set to 25 ° C. and a working voltage range of 3.0 V to 4.1 V, and CC charge / discharge was repeated 500 cycles at a rate of 1C. After 500 cycles, the XPS spectrum of the positive electrode S, O-containing film was measured in a discharge state of 3.0 V and a charge state of 4.0 V. Further, the negative electrode S, O-containing coating in the 3.0V discharge state before the cycle test (that is, after the first charge / discharge) and the negative electrode S, O-containing coating in the 3.0V discharge state after 500 cycles are measured by XPS. Elemental analysis was performed, and the S element ratio contained in the negative electrode S, O-containing film was calculated. FIG. 79 and FIG. 80 show the analysis results of the positive electrode S, O-containing film of EB4 measured by XPS. Specifically, FIG. 79 shows the analysis result for sulfur element, and FIG. 80 shows the analysis result for oxygen element. Table 26 shows the S element ratio (atomic%) of the negative electrode S, O-containing coating. The S element ratio was calculated in the same manner as the above-mentioned item “S element ratio of negative electrode S, O-containing film”.
EB8は、電解液E11を用いたものである。EB8は、負極合剤の組成、負極活物質と導電助剤の混合比、セパレータおよび電解液以外は実施例5-1の非水電解質二次電池と同様である。正極については、NCM523:AB:PVdF=90:8:2とした。 (EB8)
EB8 uses the electrolytic solution E11. EB8 is the same as the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 5-1, except for the composition of the negative electrode mixture, the mixing ratio of the negative electrode active material and the conductive additive, the separator, and the electrolytic solution. About the positive electrode, it was set as NCM523: AB: PVdF = 90: 8: 2.
EB9は電解液E13を用いたものである。EB9は、電解液以外はEB8と同様である。 (EB9)
EB9 uses the electrolytic solution E13. EB9 is the same as EB8 except for the electrolytic solution.
EB10は電解液E8を用いたこと以外はEB8と同様である。 (EB10)
EB10 is the same as EB8 except that electrolytic solution E8 is used.
CB4は電解液C5を用いたこと以外はEB8と同様である。 (CB4)
CB4 is the same as EB8 except that electrolytic solution C5 is used.
EB8、EB9、EB10およびCB4を用い、電池の内部抵抗を評価した。 (Evaluation Example 27: Internal resistance of battery)
Using EB8, EB9, EB10 and CB4, the internal resistance of the battery was evaluated.
EB8、EB9、EB10およびCB4について、室温、3.0V~4.1V(vs.Li基準)の範囲でCC充放電を繰り返し、初回充放電時の放電容量、100サイクル時の放電容量、および500サイクル時の放電容量を測定した。そして、初回充放電時の各非水電解質二次電池の容量を100%とし、100サイクル時および500サイクル時の各非水電解質二次電池の容量維持率(%)を算出した。結果を表30に示す。 (Evaluation Example 28: Battery cycle durability)
For EB8, EB9, EB10, and CB4, CC charge / discharge was repeated at room temperature in the range of 3.0 V to 4.1 V (vs. Li standard), the discharge capacity at the first charge / discharge, the discharge capacity at 100 cycles, and 500 The discharge capacity during the cycle was measured. And the capacity | capacitance maintenance factor (%) of each nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery at the time of 100 cycles and 500 cycles was computed by making the capacity | capacitance of each nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery at the time of initial charge / discharge into 100%. The results are shown in Table 30.
しかし、EB8、EB9、EB10は、SEIの材料となるECを含まないにも拘わらず、ECを含むCB4と同等の容量維持率を示した。これは、各試験例の非水電解質二次電池における正極および負極には、本発明の電解液に由来するS,O含有皮膜が存在するためだと考えられる。そして、EB8については、特に500サイクル経過時にも極めて高い容量維持率を示し、特に耐久性に優れていたため、有機溶媒としてDMCを選択する場合には、ANを選択する場合に比べて、より耐久性が向上するといえる。 It is considered that the SEI film on the electrode surface is involved in improving the cycle durability. EC in the electrolytic solution is considered to be a material for the SEI film. In general, in order to form a SEI film and improve cycle durability, EC is blended in the electrolytic solution.
However, although EB8, EB9, and EB10 did not include EC as a material for SEI, they exhibited a capacity retention rate equivalent to that of CB4 including EC. This is thought to be because the S and O-containing coating derived from the electrolytic solution of the present invention is present on the positive electrode and the negative electrode in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of each test example. And for EB8, it showed a very high capacity retention rate even after 500 cycles, and was particularly excellent in durability. Therefore, when DMC was selected as the organic solvent, it was more durable than when AN was selected. It can be said that the property is improved.
EB8、EB10およびCB4について、60℃で1週間貯蔵する高温貯蔵試験を行った。高温貯蔵試験開始前に、3.0Vから4.1VにまでCC-CV(定電流定電圧)充電した。このときの充電容量を基準(SOC100)とし、当該基準に対して20%分をCC放電してSOC80に調整した後、高温貯蔵試験を開始した。高温貯蔵試験後に1Cで3.0VまでCC-CV放電した。このときの放電容量と貯蔵前のSOC80容量との比から、次式のように残存容量を算出した。結果を表31に示す。
残存容量=100×(貯蔵後のCC-CV放電容量)/(貯蔵前のSOC80容量) (Evaluation Example 29: High temperature storage resistance of battery)
EB8, EB10 and CB4 were subjected to a high-temperature storage test in which they were stored at 60 ° C. for 1 week. Before starting the high-temperature storage test, CC-CV (constant current constant voltage) charging was performed from 3.0 V to 4.1 V. The charge capacity at this time was set as a standard (SOC100), 20% of the standard was CC discharged and adjusted to SOC80, and then a high-temperature storage test was started. After the high temperature storage test, CC-CV discharge was performed to 3.0V at 1C. From the ratio of the discharge capacity at this time and the
Remaining capacity = 100 × (CC-CV discharge capacity after storage) / (
非水電解質二次電池EB11は、正極および負極の目付量以外はEB1と同様に製造した。正極における活物質層の目付量は5.5mg/cm2であり、負極における活物質層の目付量は4.0mg/cm2であった。ここでいう活物質層の目付量とは、ロールプレスおよび乾燥後の目付量を指す。なお、EB1において、正極における活物質層の目付量は11.0mg/cm2であり、負極における活物質層の目付量は8.0mg/cm2であった。 (EB11)
Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB11 was produced in the same manner as EB1 except for the basis weight of the positive electrode and the negative electrode. The basis weight of the active material layer in the positive electrode was 5.5 mg / cm 2 , and the basis weight of the active material layer in the negative electrode was 4.0 mg / cm 2 . The basis weight of the active material layer here refers to the basis weight after roll press and drying. In EB1, the basis weight of the active material layer in the positive electrode was 11.0 mg / cm 2 , and the basis weight of the active material layer in the negative electrode was 8.0 mg / cm 2 .
非水電解質二次電池CB5は、正極および負極の目付量以外はCB1と同様に製造した。正極における活物質層の目付量はEB11と同じく5.5mg/cm2であり、負極における活物質層の目付量もまたEB11と同じく4.0mg/cm2であった。なお、EB11およびCB5の正極における活物質層の目付量および負極における活物質層の目付量は、EB1およびCB1の半分であった。また、比較例5-2の非水電解質二次電池における正極および負極の目付量は、実施例5-1の非水電解質二次電池と同様であった。 (CB5)
Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB5 was produced in the same manner as CB1 except for the weights of the positive electrode and the negative electrode. The basis weight of the active material layer in the positive electrode was 5.5 mg / cm 2 as in EB11, and the basis weight of the active material layer in the negative electrode was also 4.0 mg / cm 2 as in EB11. Note that the basis weight of the active material layer in the positive electrodes of EB11 and CB5 and the basis weight of the active material layer in the negative electrode were half of EB1 and CB1. In addition, the basis weight of the positive electrode and the negative electrode in the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Comparative Example 5-2 was the same as that of the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery of Example 5-1.
上記のEB11およびCB5の出力特性を評価した。
評価時の使用電圧範囲は3V-4.2V、容量は13.5mAhであり、各電池について充電状態(SOC)30%かつ-30℃、SOC30%かつ-10℃、SOC80%かつ25℃、の三水準で評価した。また、評価は2秒出力と5秒出力についてそれぞれ3回行った。出力特性の評価結果を表32に示した。以下、「2秒出力」は、放電開始から2秒後での出力を意味し、「5秒入力」は放電開始から5秒後での入力を意味する。 (Evaluation Example 30: Battery input / output characteristics)
The output characteristics of EB11 and CB5 described above were evaluated.
The operating voltage range at the time of evaluation is 3V-4.2V, and the capacity is 13.5 mAh. For each battery, the state of charge (SOC) is 30% and -30 ° C, the SOC is 30% and -10 ° C, the SOC is 80% and 25 ° C. Three levels were evaluated. The evaluation was performed three times for each of the 2 second output and the 5 second output. Table 32 shows the evaluation results of the output characteristics. Hereinafter, “output in 2 seconds” means output after 2 seconds from the start of discharge, and “input in 5 seconds” means input after 5 seconds from the start of discharge.
EB1およびCB1のレート容量特性を以下の方法で評価した。各電池の容量は160mAh/gとなるように調整した。評価条件は、各非水電解質二次電池につき、0.1C、0.2C、0.5C、1C、2Cの速度で充電を行った後に放電を行い、それぞれの速度における作用極の容量(放電容量)を測定した。0.1C放電後および1C放電後の放電容量を表33に示す。なお表33に示した放電容量は、正極活物質の質量(g)当りの容量を算出したものである。 (Evaluation Example 31: Rate capacity characteristics)
The rate capacity characteristics of EB1 and CB1 were evaluated by the following methods. The capacity of each battery was adjusted to 160 mAh / g. The evaluation condition was that each non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery was charged at a rate of 0.1 C, 0.2 C, 0.5 C, 1 C, 2 C, and then discharged, and the capacity of the working electrode at each rate (discharge) Capacity). Table 33 shows the discharge capacity after 0.1 C discharge and after 1 C discharge. The discharge capacity shown in Table 33 is the capacity calculated per mass (g) of the positive electrode active material.
上記のEB1およびCB1の出力特性を評価した。評価条件は、充電状態(SOC)20%、0℃、使用電圧範囲3V-4.2V、容量13.5mAhである。SOC20%、0℃は、例えば、冷蔵室などで使用する場合のように出力特性が出にくい領域である。EB1およびCB1の出力特性の評価は、2秒出力と5秒出力についてそれぞれ3回行った。出力特性の評価結果を表34に示した。 (Evaluation Example 32: Output characteristic evaluation at 0 °,
The output characteristics of EB1 and CB1 described above were evaluated. The evaluation conditions are a state of charge (SOC) 20%, 0 ° C., a working voltage range 3V-4.2V, and a capacity 13.5 mAh.
EB1およびCB1の出力特性を、充電状態(SOC)20%、25℃、使用電圧範囲3V―4.2V、容量13.5mAhの条件で評価した。EB1およびCB1の出力特性の評価は、2秒出力と5秒出力についてそれぞれ3回行った。評価結果を表35に示した。 (Evaluation Example 33: Output characteristic evaluation at 25 ° C. and
The output characteristics of EB1 and CB1 were evaluated under the conditions of a state of charge (SOC) of 20%, 25 ° C., a working voltage range of 3 V to 4.2 V, and a capacity of 13.5 mAh. Evaluation of the output characteristics of EB1 and CB1 was performed three times for each of the 2-second output and the 5-second output. The evaluation results are shown in Table 35.
また、上記のEB1およびCB1の出力特性に対する、測定時の温度の影響を調べた。0℃と25℃で測定し、いずれの温度下での測定においても、評価条件は、充電状態(SOC)20%、使用電圧範囲3V~4.2V、容量13.5mAhとした。25℃での出力に対する0℃での出力の比率(0℃出力/25℃出力)をもとめた。その結果を表36に示した。 (Evaluation Example 34: Effect of temperature on output characteristics)
Moreover, the influence of the temperature at the time of measurement on the output characteristics of EB1 and CB1 was examined. Measurement was performed at 0 ° C. and 25 ° C. In any measurement, the evaluation conditions were a state of charge (SOC) of 20%, a working voltage range of 3 V to 4.2 V, and a capacity of 13.5 mAh. The ratio of the output at 0 ° C. to the output at 25 ° C. (0 ° C. output / 25 ° C. output) was determined. The results are shown in Table 36.
TOF-SIMS(Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry:飛行時間型二次イオン質量分析法)を用いて、EB4の正極S,O含有皮膜に含まれる各分子の構造情報を分析した。 (Evaluation Example 35: Analysis of coating film containing positive electrode S and O)
Using TOF-SIMS (Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry), the structural information of each molecule contained in the positive electrode S, O-containing coating of EB4 was analyzed.
電解液E8を用いた非水電解質二次電池を以下のとおり製造した。
径13.82mm、面積1.5cm2、厚み20μmのアルミニウム箔(JIS A1000番系)を作用極とし、対極は金属Liとした。セパレータは厚さ400μmのWhatmanガラス繊維濾紙:品番1825-055を用いた。
作用極、対極、セパレータおよびE8の電解液を電池ケース(宝泉株式会社製 CR2032型コインセルケース)に収容して非水電解質二次電池EB12とした。 (EB12)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the electrolytic solution E8 was produced as follows.
An aluminum foil (JIS A1000 series) having a diameter of 13.82 mm, an area of 1.5 cm 2 and a thickness of 20 μm was used as a working electrode, and the counter electrode was metal Li. As the separator, Whatman glass fiber filter paper having a thickness of 400 μm: No. 1825-055 was used.
A working electrode, a counter electrode, a separator, and an electrolyte solution of E8 were housed in a battery case (CR2032-type coin cell case manufactured by Hosen Co., Ltd.) to obtain a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB12.
EB12に対して、1mV/sの速度で3.1V~4.6V(vs.Li基準)の範囲でリニアスイープボルタンメトリー測定(所謂LSV)を10回繰り返した際の、電流と電極電位の変化を観察した。EB12の充放電1回目、2回目、3回目の電流と電極電位との関係を示すグラフを図90に示す。 (Evaluation example 36: Confirmation of elution of Al)
Changes in current and electrode potential when linear sweep voltammetry measurement (so-called LSV) is repeated 10 times in a range of 3.1 V to 4.6 V (vs. Li reference) at a speed of 1 mV / s with respect to EB12. Observed. A graph showing the relationship between the first and second, third and third currents and the electrode potential of EB12 is shown in FIG.
4.3Vで一旦僅かに電流が増大するが、その後4.6Vまで大幅な増大は見られなかった。また、充放電の繰返しによって電流量は減少し定常化に向った。
以上の結果から、本発明の電解液を使用するとともに正極にアルミニウム集電体を用いた非水電解質二次電池は、高電位でもAlの溶出が起こり難いと考えられる。Alの溶出が起こり難いとされる理由は明確ではないが、本発明の電解液は、従来の電解液とは金属塩と有機溶媒の種類、存在環境および金属塩濃度が異なり、従来の電解液に比べて、本発明の電解液に対するAlの溶解性が低いのではないかと推測する。 From FIG. 90, in EB12 in which the working electrode is Al, almost no current is confirmed at 4.0V,
The current once increased slightly at 4.3 V, but no significant increase was observed up to 4.6 V thereafter. In addition, the amount of current decreased due to repeated charging and discharging, and it became a steady state.
From the above results, it is considered that the nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the electrolytic solution of the present invention and using the aluminum current collector for the positive electrode hardly causes elution of Al even at a high potential. Although it is not clear why the elution of Al is unlikely to occur, the electrolytic solution of the present invention differs from the conventional electrolytic solution in the types of metal salt and organic solvent, the existing environment and the metal salt concentration. In comparison with this, it is presumed that the solubility of Al in the electrolytic solution of the present invention is low.
電解液E8にかえて電解液E11を用いた以外は、EB12と同様にして、非水電解質二次電池EB13を得た。 (EB13)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB13 was obtained in the same manner as EB12 except that the electrolytic solution E11 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
電解液E8にかえて電解液E16を用いた以外は、EB12と同様にして、非水電解質二次電池EB14を得た。 (EB14)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB14 was obtained in the same manner as EB12 except that the electrolytic solution E16 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
電解液E8にかえて電解液E19を用いた以外は、EB12と同様にして、非水電解質二次電池EB15を得た。 (EB15)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB15 was obtained in the same manner as EB12 except that the electrolytic solution E19 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
電解液E8にかえて電解液E13を用いた以外は、EB12と同様にして、非水電解質二次電池EB16を得た。 (EB16)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB16 was obtained in the same manner as EB12 except that the electrolytic solution E13 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
電解液E8にかえて電解液C5を用いた以外は、EB12と同様にして、非水電解質二次電池CB6を得た。 (CB6)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB6 was obtained in the same manner as EB12 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
電解液E8にかえて電解液C6を用いた以外は、EB12と同様にして、非水電解質二次電池CB7を得た。 (CB7)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB7 was obtained in the same manner as EB12 except that the electrolytic solution C6 was used instead of the electrolytic solution E8.
EB12~EB15およびCB6に対して、3.1V~4.6V、1mV/sの条件で5サイクルのサイクリックボルタンメトリー評価を行い、その後、3.1V~5.1V、1mV/sの条件で5サイクルのサイクリックボルタンメトリー評価を行った。 (Evaluation Example 37: Cyclic voltammetry evaluation with working electrode Al)
For EB12 to EB15 and CB6, cyclic voltammetry evaluation was performed for 5 cycles under conditions of 3.1 V to 4.6 V and 1 mV / s, and thereafter, 5 conditions were applied under conditions of 3.1 V to 5.1 V and 1 mV / s. Cyclic voltammetric evaluation of the cycle was performed.
電解液E8を用いた非水電解質二次電池EB17を以下のとおり製造した。
正極活物質であるNCM523を94質量部、導電助剤であるABを3質量部、および結着剤であるPVdFを3質量部とり、これらを混合した。この混合物を適量のNMPに分散させて、スラリー状の正極合剤を得た。正極集電体として厚み20μmのアルミニウム箔(JIS A1000番系)を準備した。この正極集電体の表面に、ドクターブレードを用いて上記正極合剤が膜状になるように塗布した。正極合剤が塗布された正極集電体を80℃で20分間乾燥することでNMPを揮発により除去した。その後、この正極合剤と正極集電体との複合体をプレスし接合物を得た。得られた接合物を真空乾燥機で120℃、6時間加熱乾燥して、正極集電体上に正極活物質層が形成された正極を得た。
負極活物質である天然黒鉛を98質量部、結着剤であるSBRおよびCMCをそれぞれ1質量部とり、これらを混合した。この混合物を適量のイオン交換水に分散させて、スラリー状の負極合剤を得た。負極集電体として厚み20μmの銅箔を準備した。この負極集電体の表面に、ドクターブレードを用いて、上記負極合剤を膜状に塗布した。負極合剤が塗布された負極集電体を乾燥して水を除去し、その後、負極合剤と負極集電体との複合体をプレスし、接合物を得た。得られた接合物を真空乾燥機で100℃、6時間加熱乾燥して、負極集電体上に負極活物質層が形成された負極を得た。
セパレータとして、厚さ20μmのセルロース製不織布を準備した。
正極と負極とでセパレータを挟持し、極板群とした。この極板群を二枚一組のラミネートフィルムで覆い、三辺をシールした後、袋状となったラミネートフィルムに電解液E8を注入した。その後、残りの一辺をシールすることで、四辺が気密にシールされ、極板群および電解液が密閉された非水電解質二次電池EB17を得た。 (EB17)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB17 using the electrolytic solution E8 was produced as follows.
94 parts by mass of NCM523 as a positive electrode active material, 3 parts by mass of AB as a conductive additive, and 3 parts by mass of PVdF as a binder were mixed. This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of NMP to obtain a slurry-like positive electrode mixture. An aluminum foil (JIS A1000 series) having a thickness of 20 μm was prepared as a positive electrode current collector. The surface of the positive electrode current collector was applied using a doctor blade so that the positive electrode mixture was in the form of a film. NMP was removed by volatilization by drying the positive electrode current collector coated with the positive electrode mixture at 80 ° C. for 20 minutes. Thereafter, the composite of the positive electrode mixture and the positive electrode current collector was pressed to obtain a bonded product. The obtained joined product was heat-dried at 120 ° C. for 6 hours with a vacuum dryer to obtain a positive electrode in which a positive electrode active material layer was formed on the positive electrode current collector.
98 parts by mass of natural graphite as a negative electrode active material and 1 part by mass of SBR and CMC as binders were taken and mixed. This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of ion-exchanged water to obtain a slurry-like negative electrode mixture. A copper foil having a thickness of 20 μm was prepared as a negative electrode current collector. The negative electrode mixture was applied to the surface of the negative electrode current collector in the form of a film using a doctor blade. The negative electrode current collector coated with the negative electrode mixture was dried to remove water, and then a composite of the negative electrode mixture and the negative electrode current collector was pressed to obtain a bonded product. The obtained joined product was heat-dried at 100 ° C. for 6 hours with a vacuum dryer to obtain a negative electrode in which a negative electrode active material layer was formed on the negative electrode current collector.
A cellulose nonwoven fabric having a thickness of 20 μm was prepared as a separator.
A separator was sandwiched between the positive electrode and the negative electrode to form an electrode plate group. The electrode plate group was covered with a set of two laminated films, and the three sides were sealed, and then the electrolyte solution E8 was injected into the laminated film in a bag shape. Thereafter, the remaining one side was sealed to obtain a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB17 in which the four sides were hermetically sealed, and the electrode plate group and the electrolyte were sealed.
電解液E8を用いた非水電解質二次電池EB18を以下のとおり製造した。
正極はEB17の正極と同様に製造した。
負極活物質である天然黒鉛90質量部、および結着剤であるPVdF10質量部を混合した。この混合物を適量のイオン交換水に分散させて、スラリー状の負極合剤を得た。負極集電体として厚み20μmの銅箔を準備した。この銅箔の表面に、ドクターブレードを用いて、上記負極合剤を膜状に塗布した。負極合剤と負極集電体との複合体を乾燥して水を除去し、その後プレスして接合物を得た。得られた接合物を真空乾燥機で120℃、6時間加熱乾燥して、負極集電体上に負極活物質層が形成された負極を得た。この負極を用い、EB17と同様にして、非水電解質二次電池EB18を得た。 (EB18)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB18 using the electrolytic solution E8 was produced as follows.
The positive electrode was manufactured in the same manner as the positive electrode of EB17.
90 parts by mass of natural graphite as a negative electrode active material and 10 parts by mass of PVdF as a binder were mixed. This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of ion-exchanged water to obtain a slurry-like negative electrode mixture. A copper foil having a thickness of 20 μm was prepared as a negative electrode current collector. The negative electrode mixture was applied to the surface of the copper foil in the form of a film using a doctor blade. The composite of the negative electrode mixture and the negative electrode current collector was dried to remove water, and then pressed to obtain a bonded product. The obtained joined product was heat-dried at 120 ° C. for 6 hours with a vacuum dryer to obtain a negative electrode in which a negative electrode active material layer was formed on the negative electrode current collector. Using this negative electrode, a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB18 was obtained in the same manner as EB17.
電解液C5を用いた以外は、EB17と同様に、非水電解質二次電池CB8を得た。 (CB8)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB8 was obtained in the same manner as EB17 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used.
電解液C5を用いた以外は、EB18と同様に、非水電解質二次電池CB9を得た。 (CB9)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB9 was obtained in the same manner as EB18 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used.
EB17、EB18、CB8、CB9の出力特性を以下の条件で評価した。
(1)0℃または25℃、SOC80%での入力特性評価
評価条件は、充電状態(SOC)80%、0℃または25℃、使用電圧範囲3V―4.2V、容量13.5mAhとした。入力特性の評価は、2秒入力と5秒入力について電池毎にそれぞれ3回行った。
また、各電池の体積に基づき、25℃、2秒入力における電池出力密度(W/L)を算出した。
入力特性の評価結果を表40に示す。表40の中の「2秒入力」は、充電開始から2秒後での入力を意味し、「5秒入力」は充電開始から5秒後での入力を意味している。
表40に示すように、温度の違いに関わらず、EB17の入力はCB8の入力に比べて著しく高かった。同様に、EB18の入力はCB9の入力に比べて著しく高かった。
またEB17の電池入力密度はCB8の電池入力密度に比べて著しく高かった。同様にEB18の電池入力密度はCB9の電池入力密度に比べて著しく高かった。 (Evaluation Example 38: Input / Output Characteristics of Nonaqueous Electrolyte Secondary Battery)
The output characteristics of EB17, EB18, CB8, and CB9 were evaluated under the following conditions.
(1) Evaluation of input characteristics at 0 ° C. or 25 ° C. and
Moreover, based on the volume of each battery, the battery output density (W / L) in 25 degreeC and 2 second input was computed.
Table 40 shows the evaluation results of the input characteristics. In Table 40, “2 second input” means an input after 2 seconds from the start of charging, and “5 seconds input” means an input after 5 seconds from the start of charging.
As shown in Table 40, the input of EB17 was significantly higher than the input of CB8 regardless of the difference in temperature. Similarly, the EB18 input was significantly higher than the CB9 input.
The battery input density of EB17 was significantly higher than that of CB8. Similarly, the battery input density of EB18 was significantly higher than the battery input density of CB9.
評価条件は、充電状態(SOC)20%、0℃または25℃、使用電圧範囲3V―4.2V、容量13.5mAhとした。SOC20%、0℃は、例えば、冷蔵室などで使用する場合のように出力特性が出にくい領域である。出力特性の評価は、2秒出力と5秒出力について電池毎にそれぞれ3回行った。
また、各電池の体積に基づき、25℃、2秒出力における電池出力密度(W/L)を算出した。
出力特性の評価結果を表40に示す。表40の中の「2秒出力」は、放電開始から2秒後での出力を意味し、「5秒出力」は放電開始から5秒後での出力を意味している。
表40に示すように、温度の違いに関わらずEB17の出力はCB8の出力に比べて著しく高かった。同様にEB18の出力はCB9の出力に比べて著しく高かった。
また、EB17の電池出力密度はCB8の電池出力密度に比べて著しく高かった。同様に、EB18の電池出力密度はCB9の電池出力密度に比べて著しく高かった。 (2) Evaluation of output characteristics at 0 ° C. or 25 ° C. and
Moreover, based on the volume of each battery, the battery output density (W / L) in 25 degreeC and a 2-second output was computed.
Table 40 shows the evaluation results of the output characteristics. In Table 40, “2 seconds output” means an
As shown in Table 40, the output of EB17 was significantly higher than the output of CB8 regardless of the difference in temperature. Similarly, the output of EB18 was significantly higher than that of CB9.
In addition, the battery output density of EB17 was significantly higher than that of CB8. Similarly, the battery output density of EB18 was significantly higher than that of CB9.
電解液E8を用いた非水電解質二次電池EB19を以下のとおり製造した。正極はEB17の正極と同様に製造した。
負極活物質である天然黒鉛98質量部、ならびに結着剤であるSBR1質量部およびCMC1質量部を混合した。この混合物を適量のイオン交換水に分散させて、スラリー状の負極合剤を得た。この負極合剤を用い、EB17と同様にして負極を得た。セパレータとして、実験用濾紙(東洋濾紙株式会社、セルロース製、厚み260μm)を準備した。上記の正極、負極およびセパレータを用い、EB17と同様にして、非水電解質二次電池EB19を得た。 (EB19)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB19 using the electrolytic solution E8 was produced as follows. The positive electrode was manufactured in the same manner as the positive electrode of EB17.
98 parts by mass of natural graphite, which is a negative electrode active material, and 1 part by mass of SBR and 1 part by mass of CMC, which are binders, were mixed. This mixture was dispersed in an appropriate amount of ion-exchanged water to obtain a slurry-like negative electrode mixture. Using this negative electrode mixture, a negative electrode was obtained in the same manner as in EB17. As a separator, experimental filter paper (Toyo Filter Paper Co., Ltd., cellulose, thickness 260 μm) was prepared. Using the above positive electrode, negative electrode and separator, a nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery EB19 was obtained in the same manner as EB17.
電解液C5を用いたこと以外は、EB19と同様にして非水電解質二次電池CB10を得た。 (CB10)
A nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery CB10 was obtained in the same manner as EB19 except that the electrolytic solution C5 was used.
EB19およびCB10の充電状態の正極に対する電解液の熱安定性を以下の方法で評価した。
各非水電解質二次電池に対し、充電終止電圧4.2V、定電流定電圧条件で満充電した。満充電後の非水電解質二次電池を解体し、正極を取り出した。当該正極から得られた正極活物質層3mgおよび電解液1.8μLをステンレス製のパンに入れ、該パンを密閉した。密閉パンを用いて、窒素雰囲気下、昇温速度20℃/min.の条件で示差走査熱量分析を行い、DSC曲線を観察した。示差走査熱量測定装置としてRigaku DSC8230を使用した。EB19の充電状態の正極活物質層と電解液を共存させた場合のDSCチャートを図106に示す。また、CB10の充電状態の正極活物質層と電解液を共存させた場合のDSCチャートを図107にそれぞれ示す。 (Evaluation Example 39: Thermal stability of battery)
The thermal stability of the electrolyte solution with respect to the charged positive electrodes of EB19 and CB10 was evaluated by the following method.
Each nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery was fully charged under a charge end voltage of 4.2 V and a constant current and constant voltage condition. The fully charged nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery was disassembled and the positive electrode was taken out. 3 mg of the positive electrode active material layer obtained from the positive electrode and 1.8 μL of the electrolytic solution were placed in a stainless steel pan, and the pan was sealed. Using a sealed pan, under a nitrogen atmosphere, the heating rate was 20 ° C./min. The differential scanning calorimetry was performed under the conditions described above, and the DSC curve was observed. A Rigaku DSC8230 was used as a differential scanning calorimeter. FIG. 106 shows a DSC chart when the positive electrode active material layer in the charged state of EB19 and the electrolyte coexist. In addition, FIG. 107 shows DSC charts when the positive electrode active material layer in the charged state of CB10 and the electrolyte coexist, respectively.
これらの結果から、本発明の電解液を用いた非水電解質二次電池は、従来の電解液を用いた非水電解質二次電池と比較して、正極活物質と電解液との反応性が低く、熱安定性に優れていることがわかる。 As is apparent from the results of FIGS. 106 and 107, the DSC curve in the case where the positive electrode in the charged state and the electrolyte in EB19 coexist hardly showed an endothermic peak, whereas the positive electrode in the charged state of CB10. An exothermic peak was observed at around 300 ° C. in the DSC curve in the case of coexisting with electrolyte. This exothermic peak is presumed to have occurred as a result of the reaction between the positive electrode active material and the electrolytic solution.
From these results, the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the electrolytic solution of the present invention is more reactive with the positive electrode active material and the electrolytic solution than the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the conventional electrolytic solution. It can be seen that it is low and has excellent thermal stability.
Claims (23)
- 負極と電解液とを含み、
前記電解液は、アルカリ金属、アルカリ土類金属またはアルミニウムをカチオンとする塩と、ヘテロ元素を有する有機溶媒とを含み、
前記電解液の振動分光スペクトルにおける前記有機溶媒由来のピーク強度につき、前記有機溶媒本来のピークの強度をIoとし、前記ピークがシフトしたピークの強度をIsとした場合、Is>Ioであり、
前記負極は、負極活物質に、ラマンスペクトルにおいてG-bandとD-bandのピークの比であるG/D比が3.5以上の黒鉛を含む非水電解質二次電池。 Including a negative electrode and an electrolyte,
The electrolytic solution includes a salt having an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal or aluminum as a cation, and an organic solvent having a hetero element,
Regarding the peak intensity derived from the organic solvent in the vibrational spectrum of the electrolyte solution, when the intensity of the original peak of the organic solvent is Io and the intensity of the peak shifted from the peak is Is, Is> Io,
The negative electrode is a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery in which a negative electrode active material includes graphite having a G / D ratio of 3.5 or more, which is a ratio of G-band and D-band peaks in a Raman spectrum. - 前記G/D比は10以上である請求項1に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 The non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to claim 1, wherein the G / D ratio is 10 or more.
- 負極と電解液とを含み、
前記電解液は、アルカリ金属、アルカリ土類金属またはアルミニウムをカチオンとする塩と、ヘテロ元素を有する有機溶媒とを含み、
前記電解液の振動分光スペクトルにおける前記有機溶媒由来のピーク強度につき、前記有機溶媒本来のピークの強度をIoとし、前記ピークがシフトしたピークの強度をIsとした場合、Is>Ioであり、
前記負極は、負極活物質に、X線回折法で測定されるX線回折プロファイルにおいて2θ=20度~30度に現れるピークの半値幅から算出された結晶子サイズが20nm以下の炭素材料を含む非水電解質二次電池。 Including a negative electrode and an electrolyte,
The electrolytic solution includes a salt having an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal or aluminum as a cation, and an organic solvent having a hetero element,
Regarding the peak intensity derived from the organic solvent in the vibrational spectrum of the electrolyte solution, when the intensity of the original peak of the organic solvent is Io and the intensity of the peak shifted from the peak is Is, Is> Io,
The negative electrode includes, in the negative electrode active material, a carbon material having a crystallite size of 20 nm or less calculated from a half width of a peak appearing at 2θ = 20 degrees to 30 degrees in an X-ray diffraction profile measured by an X-ray diffraction method. Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery. - 前記結晶子サイズは5nm以下である請求項3に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 The non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to claim 3, wherein the crystallite size is 5 nm or less.
- 負極と電解液とを含み、
前記電解液は、アルカリ金属、アルカリ土類金属またはアルミニウムをカチオンとする塩と、ヘテロ元素を有する有機溶媒とを含み、
前記電解液の振動分光スペクトルにおける前記有機溶媒由来のピーク強度につき、前記有機溶媒本来のピークの強度をIoとし、前記ピークがシフトしたピークの強度をIsとした場合、Is>Ioであり、
前記負極は、負極活物質に、ケイ素元素および/またはスズ元素を含む非水電解質二次電池。 Including a negative electrode and an electrolyte,
The electrolytic solution includes a salt having an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal or aluminum as a cation, and an organic solvent having a hetero element,
Regarding the peak intensity derived from the organic solvent in the vibrational spectrum of the electrolyte solution, when the intensity of the original peak of the organic solvent is Io and the intensity of the peak shifted from the peak is Is, Is> Io,
The negative electrode is a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery in which a negative electrode active material contains a silicon element and / or a tin element. - 前記負極活物質は、ケイ素元素を含む請求項5に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 The non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to claim 5, wherein the negative electrode active material contains silicon element.
- 前記負極活物質は、ケイ素元素と、酸素元素および/または炭素元素とを含む請求項5または請求項6に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 The non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the negative electrode active material includes a silicon element, an oxygen element and / or a carbon element.
- 負極と電解液とを含み、
前記電解液は、アルカリ金属、アルカリ土類金属またはアルミニウムをカチオンとする塩と、ヘテロ元素を有する有機溶媒とを含み、
前記電解液の振動分光スペクトルにおける前記有機溶媒由来のピーク強度につき、前記有機溶媒本来のピークの強度をIoとし、前記ピークがシフトしたピークの強度をIsとした場合、Is>Ioであり、
前記負極は、負極活物質として、リチウムイオンを吸蔵および放出可能な金属酸化物を含む非水電解質二次電池。 Including a negative electrode and an electrolyte,
The electrolytic solution includes a salt having an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal or aluminum as a cation, and an organic solvent having a hetero element,
Regarding the peak intensity derived from the organic solvent in the vibrational spectrum of the electrolyte solution, when the intensity of the original peak of the organic solvent is Io and the intensity of the peak shifted from the peak is Is, Is> Io,
The negative electrode is a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery including a metal oxide capable of inserting and extracting lithium ions as a negative electrode active material. - 前記金属酸化物は、チタン酸化物、リチウムチタン酸化物、タングステン酸化物、アモルファススズ酸化物、スズケイ素酸化物から選ばれる少なくとも一種を主成分とする請求項8に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 The non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to claim 8, wherein the metal oxide is mainly composed of at least one selected from titanium oxide, lithium titanium oxide, tungsten oxide, amorphous tin oxide, and tin silicon oxide. .
- 前記金属酸化物は、Li4+xTi5+yO12(xは-1≦x≦4、yは-1≦y≦1)で表されるリチウムチタン酸化物を主成分とする請求項8または請求項9に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 The metal oxide mainly comprises lithium titanium oxide represented by Li 4 + x Ti 5 + y O 12 (x is -1≤x≤4, y is -1≤y≤1). 9. The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to 9.
- 負極と電解液とを含み、
前記電解液は、アルカリ金属、アルカリ土類金属またはアルミニウムをカチオンとする塩と、ヘテロ元素を有する有機溶媒とを含み、
前記電解液の振動分光スペクトルにおける前記有機溶媒由来のピーク強度につき、前記有機溶媒本来のピークの強度をIoとし、前記ピークがシフトしたピークの強度をIsとした場合、Is>Ioであり、
前記負極は、負極活物質に、長軸と短軸の比(長軸/短軸)が1~5である黒鉛を含む非水電解質二次電池。 Including a negative electrode and an electrolyte,
The electrolytic solution includes a salt having an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal or aluminum as a cation, and an organic solvent having a hetero element,
Regarding the peak intensity derived from the organic solvent in the vibrational spectrum of the electrolyte solution, when the intensity of the original peak of the organic solvent is Io and the intensity of the peak shifted from the peak is Is, Is> Io,
The negative electrode is a non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery in which a negative electrode active material includes graphite having a major axis / minor axis ratio (major axis / minor axis) of 1 to 5. - 前記黒鉛の粒子はX線回折で測定したI(110)/I(004)が0.03~1の範囲にある請求項11に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to claim 11, wherein the graphite particles have an I (110) / I (004) measured by X-ray diffraction in a range of 0.03 to 1.
- 前記電解液は、前記塩のカチオンがリチウムである請求項1~12の何れか一項に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein in the electrolytic solution, a cation of the salt is lithium.
- 前記電解液は、前記塩のアニオンの化学構造が、ハロゲン、ホウ素、窒素、酸素、硫黄または炭素から選択される少なくとも1つの元素を含む請求項1~13の何れか一項に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 The non-aqueous solution according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the electrolytic solution contains at least one element selected from halogen, boron, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur or carbon, in the chemical structure of the anion of the salt. Electrolyte secondary battery.
- 前記電解液は、前記塩のアニオンの化学構造が下記一般式(1)、一般式(2)または一般式(3)で表される請求項1~14の何れか一項に記載の非水電解質二次電池。
(R1X1)(R2X2)N・・・・・・一般式(1)
(R1は、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
R2は、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、R1とR2は、互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。
X1は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RaP=O、RbP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
X2は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RcP=O、RdP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
Ra、Rb、Rc、Rdは、それぞれ独立に、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、OH、SH、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、Ra、Rb、Rc、Rdは、R1またはR2と結合して環を形成しても良い。)
R3X3Y・・・・・・一般式(2)
(R3は、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
X3は、SO2、C=O、C=S、ReP=O、RfP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
Re、Rfは、それぞれ独立に、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、OH、SH、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、Re、Rfは、R3と結合して環を形成しても良い。
Yは、O、Sから選択される。)
(R4X4)(R5X5)(R6X6)C・・・・・・一般式(3)
(R4は、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
R5は、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
R6は、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、R4、R5、R6のうち、いずれか二つまたは三つが結合して環を形成しても良い。
X4は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RgP=O、RhP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
X5は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RiP=O、RjP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
X6は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RkP=O、RlP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
Rg、Rh、Ri、Rj、Rk、Rlは、それぞれ独立に、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、OH、SH、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、Rg、Rh、Ri、Rj、Rk、Rlは、R4、R5またはR6と結合して環を形成しても良い。) The non-aqueous electrolyte according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the electrolyte has a chemical structure of the anion of the salt represented by the following general formula (1), general formula (2), or general formula (3). Electrolyte secondary battery.
(R 1 X 1 ) (R 2 X 2 ) N... General formula (1)
(R 1 is hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent, or an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent , An unsaturated alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, or OCN Is done.
R 2 represents hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent, an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, Selected from an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, OCN The
R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
X 1 is selected from SO 2 , C = O, C = S, R a P = O, R b P = S, S = O, Si = O.
X 2 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R c P = O, R d P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
R a , R b , R c , and R d are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent , An alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, and a non-optionally substituted substituent. Selected from saturated thioalkoxy groups, OH, SH, CN, SCN, OCN.
R a , R b , R c , and R d may combine with R 1 or R 2 to form a ring. )
R 3 X 3 Y: General formula (2)
(R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent, or an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent , An unsaturated alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, or OCN Is done.
X 3 is selected from SO 2 , C = O, C = S, R e P = O, R f P = S, S = O, and Si = O.
R e and R f are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a group that may be substituted with a substituent. A saturated alkyl group, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group that may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted with a substituent, and a substituent An alkoxy group which may be substituted, an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, OH , SH, CN, SCN, and OCN.
R e and R f may combine with R 3 to form a ring.
Y is selected from O and S. )
(R 4 X 4 ) (R 5 X 5 ) (R 6 X 6 ) C ... General formula (3)
(R 4 is hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent, or an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent , An unsaturated alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, or OCN Is done.
R 5 represents hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent, an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, Selected from an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, OCN The
R 6 is hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent, an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, Selected from an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, CN, SCN, OCN The
Further, any two or three of R 4 , R 5 and R 6 may be bonded to form a ring.
X 4 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R g P = O, R h P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
X 5 is selected from SO 2 , C = O, C = S, R i P = O, R j P = S, S = O, Si = O.
X 6 is selected from SO 2 , C = O, C = S, R k P = O, R 1 P = S, S = O, Si = O.
R g , R h , R i , R j , R k , and R l are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a cycloalkyl that may be substituted with a substituent. Group, an unsaturated alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent that is substituted with a substituent A heterocyclic group which may be substituted, an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, and a substituent It is selected from an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted, OH, SH, CN, SCN, OCN.
R g , R h , R i , R j , R k , and R l may combine with R 4 , R 5, or R 6 to form a ring. ) - 前記電解液は、前記塩のアニオンの化学構造が下記一般式(4)、一般式(5)または一般式(6)で表される請求項1~15の何れか一項に記載の非水電解質二次電池。
(R7X7)(R8X8)N・・・・・・一般式(4)
(R7、R8は、それぞれ独立に、CnHaFbClcBrdIe(CN)f(SCN)g(OCN)hである。
n、a、b、c、d、e、f、g、hはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たす。
また、R7とR8は、互いに結合して環を形成しても良く、その場合は、2n=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たす。
X7は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RmP=O、RnP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
X8は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RoP=O、RpP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
Rm、Rn、Ro、Rpは、それぞれ独立に、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、OH、SH、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、Rm、Rn、Ro、Rpは、R7またはR8と結合して環を形成しても良い。)
R9X9Y・・・・・・一般式(5)
(R9は、CnHaFbClcBrdIe(CN)f(SCN)g(OCN)hである。
n、a、b、c、d、e、f、g、hはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たす。
X9は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RqP=O、RrP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
Rq、Rrは、それぞれ独立に、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、OH、SH、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、Rq、Rrは、R9と結合して環を形成しても良い。
Yは、O、Sから選択される。)
(R10X10)(R11X11)(R12X12)C・・・一般式(6)
(R10、R11、R12は、それぞれ独立に、CnHaFbClcBrdIe(CN)f(SCN)g(OCN)hである。n、a、b、c、d、e、f、g、hはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たす。
R10、R11、R12のうちいずれか二つが結合して環を形成しても良く、その場合、環を形成する基は2n=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たす。また、R10、R11、R12の三つが結合して環を形成しても良く、その場合、三つのうち二つの基が2n=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たし、一つの基が2n-1=a+b+c+d+e+f+g+hを満たす。
X10は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RsP=O、RtP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
X11は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RuP=O、RvP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
X12は、SO2、C=O、C=S、RwP=O、RxP=S、S=O、Si=Oから選択される。
Rs、Rt、Ru、Rv、Rw、Rxは、それぞれ独立に、水素、ハロゲン、置換基で置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良いシクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和シクロアルキル基、置換基で置換されていても良い芳香族基、置換基で置換されていても良い複素環基、置換基で置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和アルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良いチオアルコキシ基、置換基で置換されていても良い不飽和チオアルコキシ基、OH、SH、CN、SCN、OCNから選択される。
また、Rs、Rt、Ru、Rv、Rw、Rxは、R10、R11またはR12と結合して環を形成しても良い。) The non-aqueous electrolyte according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the electrolyte has a chemical structure of the anion of the salt represented by the following general formula (4), general formula (5), or general formula (6). Electrolyte secondary battery.
(R 7 X 7 ) (R 8 X 8 ) N ... General formula (4)
(R 7 and R 8 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e (CN) f (SCN) g (OCN) h .
n, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, and h are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and satisfy 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h.
R 7 and R 8 may combine with each other to form a ring, in which case 2n = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h is satisfied.
X 7 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R m P = O, R n P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
X 8 is selected from SO 2 , C = O, C = S, R o P = O, R p P = S, S = O, Si = O.
R m , R n , R o , and R p are each independently substituted with hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent. An unsaturated alkyl group which may be substituted, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group which may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group which may be substituted with a substituent, or a heterocyclic group which may be substituted with a substituent , An alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group that may be substituted with a substituent, and a non-optionally substituted substituent. Selected from saturated thioalkoxy groups, OH, SH, CN, SCN, OCN.
R m , R n , R o , and R p may combine with R 7 or R 8 to form a ring. )
R 9 X 9 Y: General formula (5)
(R 9 is a C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e (CN) f (SCN) g (OCN) h.
n, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, and h are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and satisfy 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h.
X 9 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R q P = O, R r P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
R q and R r are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a group that may be substituted with a substituent. A saturated alkyl group, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group that may be substituted with a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may be substituted with a substituent, and a substituent An alkoxy group which may be substituted, an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, OH , SH, CN, SCN, and OCN.
R q and R r may combine with R 9 to form a ring.
Y is selected from O and S. )
(R 10 X 10) (R 11 X 11) (R 12 X 12) C ··· formula (6)
(R 10 , R 11 , R 12 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e (CN) f (SCN) g (OCN) h . N, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, and h are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and satisfy 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h.
Any two of R 10 , R 11 , and R 12 may combine to form a ring, in which case the group forming the ring satisfies 2n = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h. Three of R 10 , R 11 and R 12 may combine to form a ring, in which case two of the three satisfy 2n = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h, and one group satisfies 2n−1 = a + b + c + d + e + f + g + h. Fulfill.
X 10 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R s P = O, R t P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
X 11 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R u P = O, R v P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
X 12 is, SO 2, C = O, C = S, R w P = O, R x P = S, S = O, is selected from Si = O.
R s , R t , R u , R v , R w , and R x are each independently hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a cycloalkyl that may be substituted with a substituent. Group, an unsaturated alkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated cycloalkyl group that may be substituted with a substituent, an aromatic group that may be substituted with a substituent, or a substituent that is substituted with a substituent A heterocyclic group which may be substituted, an alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, an unsaturated alkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, a thioalkoxy group which may be substituted with a substituent, and a substituent It is selected from an unsaturated thioalkoxy group which may be substituted, OH, SH, CN, SCN, OCN.
R s , R t , R u , R v , R w , and R x may combine with R 10 , R 11, or R 12 to form a ring. ) - 前記電解液は、前記塩のアニオンの化学構造が下記一般式(7)、一般式(8)または一般式(9)で表される請求項1~16の何れか一項に記載の非水電解質二次電池。
(R13SO2)(R14SO2)N・・・・・・一般式(7)
(R13、R14は、それぞれ独立に、CnHaFbClcBrdIeである。
n、a、b、c、d、eはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+eを満たす。
また、R13とR14は、互いに結合して環を形成しても良く、その場合は、2n=a+b+c+d+eを満たす。)
R15SO3・・・・・・一般式(8)
(R15は、CnHaFbClcBrdIeである。
n、a、b、c、d、eはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+eを満たす。)
(R16SO2)(R17SO2)(R18SO2)C・・一般式(9)
(R16、R17、R18は、それぞれ独立に、CnHaFbClcBrdIeである。
n、a、b、c、d、eはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+eを満たす。
R16、R17、R18のうちいずれか二つが結合して環を形成しても良く、その場合、環を形成する基は2n=a+b+c+d+eを満たす。また、R16、R17、R18の三つが結合して環を形成しても良く、その場合、三つのうち二つの基が2n=a+b+c+d+eを満たし、一つの基が2n-1=a+b+c+d+eを満たす。) The non-aqueous electrolyte according to any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein the electrolyte has a chemical structure of the salt anion represented by the following general formula (7), general formula (8), or general formula (9). Electrolyte secondary battery.
(R 13 SO 2 ) (R 14 SO 2 ) N... General formula (7)
(R 13 and R 14 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e .
n, a, b, c, d, and e are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and satisfy 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e.
R 13 and R 14 may combine with each other to form a ring, in which case 2n = a + b + c + d + e is satisfied. )
R 15 SO 3 ... General formula (8)
(R 15 is a C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e.
n, a, b, c, d, and e are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and satisfy 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e. )
(R 16 SO 2 ) (R 17 SO 2 ) (R 18 SO 2 ) C. General formula (9)
(R 16 , R 17 , and R 18 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e .
n, a, b, c, d, and e are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and satisfy 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e.
Any two of R 16 , R 17 and R 18 may combine to form a ring, in which case the group forming the ring satisfies 2n = a + b + c + d + e. Three of R 16 , R 17 and R 18 may combine to form a ring, in which case two of the three satisfy 2n = a + b + c + d + e, and one group satisfies 2n−1 = a + b + c + d + e. Fulfill. ) - 前記電解液は、前記塩が(CF3SO2)2NLi、(FSO2)2NLi、(C2F5SO2)2NLi、FSO2(CF3SO2)NLi、(SO2CF2CF2SO2)NLi、または(SO2CF2CF2CF2SO2)NLiである請求項1~17の何れか一項に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 In the electrolytic solution, the salt is (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, (FSO 2 ) 2 NLi, (C 2 F 5 SO 2 ) 2 NLi, FSO 2 (CF 3 SO 2 ) NLi, (SO 2 CF 2 CF 2 SO 2) NLi or (SO 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 SO 2) non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to any one of claims 1 to 17 which is a NLi,.
- 前記電解液は、前記有機溶媒のヘテロ元素が窒素、酸素、硫黄、ハロゲンから選択される少なくとも1つである請求項1~18の何れか一項に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein the electrolytic solution is at least one selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and halogen as a hetero element of the organic solvent.
- 前記電解液は、前記有機溶媒が非プロトン性溶媒である請求項1~19の何れか一項に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to any one of claims 1 to 19, wherein in the electrolytic solution, the organic solvent is an aprotic solvent.
- 前記電解液は、前記有機溶媒がアセトニトリルまたは1,2-ジメトキシエタンから選択される請求項1~20の何れか一項に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 The non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein the organic solvent is selected from acetonitrile or 1,2-dimethoxyethane.
- 前記有機溶媒が下記一般式(10)で示される鎖状カーボネートから選択される請求項1~20の何れか一項に記載の非水電解質二次電池。
R19OCOOR20・・・・・・一般式(10)
(R19、R20は、それぞれ独立に、鎖状アルキルであるCnHaFbClcBrdIe、または、環状アルキルを化学構造に含むCmHfFgClhBriIjのいずれかから選択される。n、a、b、c、d、e、m、f、g、h、i、jはそれぞれ独立に0以上の整数であり、2n+1=a+b+c+d+e、2m=f+g+h+i+jを満たす。) The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein the organic solvent is selected from chain carbonates represented by the following general formula (10).
R 19 OCOOR 20 ··· General formula (10)
(R 19 and R 20 are each independently C n H a F b Cl c Br d I e which is a chain alkyl, or C m H f F g Cl h Br i I containing a cyclic alkyl in the chemical structure. .n selected from any of j, a, b, c, d, e, m, f, g, h, i, j are each independently an integer of 0 or more, 2n + 1 = a + b + c + d + e, 2m = f + g + h + i + j Meet) - 前記有機溶媒がジメチルカーボネート、エチルメチルカーボネートまたはジエチルカーボネートから選択される請求項1~20、22の何れか一項に記載の非水電解質二次電池。 The nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery according to any one of claims 1 to 20 and 22, wherein the organic solvent is selected from dimethyl carbonate, ethyl methyl carbonate, and diethyl carbonate.
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
DE112014004442.3T DE112014004442T5 (en) | 2013-09-25 | 2014-09-25 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
KR1020167010615A KR101901675B1 (en) | 2013-09-25 | 2014-09-25 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
CN201480053195.4A CN105580184B (en) | 2013-09-25 | 2014-09-25 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
US15/024,415 US11011781B2 (en) | 2013-09-25 | 2014-09-25 | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
Applications Claiming Priority (24)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2013-198284 | 2013-09-25 | ||
JP2013-198282 | 2013-09-25 | ||
JP2013198282 | 2013-09-25 | ||
JP2013198283 | 2013-09-25 | ||
JP2013-198283 | 2013-09-25 | ||
JP2013198285 | 2013-09-25 | ||
JP2013198284 | 2013-09-25 | ||
JP2013198599 | 2013-09-25 | ||
JP2013-198599 | 2013-09-25 | ||
JP2013-198285 | 2013-09-25 | ||
JP2014065817 | 2014-03-27 | ||
JP2014065799 | 2014-03-27 | ||
JP2014-065817 | 2014-03-27 | ||
JP2014-065799 | 2014-03-27 | ||
JP2014186340A JP5817003B2 (en) | 2013-09-25 | 2014-09-12 | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP2014186341A JP5817004B2 (en) | 2013-09-25 | 2014-09-12 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
JP2014186342A JP5817005B2 (en) | 2013-09-25 | 2014-09-12 | Non-aqueous secondary battery |
JP2014-186341 | 2014-09-12 | ||
JP2014-186342 | 2014-09-12 | ||
JP2014186339A JP5817002B2 (en) | 2013-09-25 | 2014-09-12 | Non-aqueous secondary battery |
JP2014-186340 | 2014-09-12 | ||
JP2014186338A JP5817001B2 (en) | 2013-09-25 | 2014-09-12 | Non-aqueous secondary battery |
JP2014-186338 | 2014-09-12 | ||
JP2014-186339 | 2014-09-12 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2015045387A1 true WO2015045387A1 (en) | 2015-04-02 |
Family
ID=52742556
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2014/004911 WO2015045387A1 (en) | 2013-09-25 | 2014-09-25 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2015045387A1 (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2017022731A1 (en) * | 2015-07-31 | 2017-02-09 | 日立化成株式会社 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
WO2017179411A1 (en) * | 2016-04-15 | 2017-10-19 | 国立大学法人東京大学 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
CN108140894A (en) * | 2015-10-05 | 2018-06-08 | 国立大学法人东京大学 | Has the manufacturing method of the secondary cell of overlay film in electrode surface |
US20180204686A1 (en) * | 2015-08-04 | 2018-07-19 | Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd. | Negative electrode active material for power storage device |
Citations (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS6036315A (en) * | 1983-08-10 | 1985-02-25 | Toray Ind Inc | Carbon fiber structure and secondary battery using it |
JPH07320783A (en) * | 1991-01-25 | 1995-12-08 | Japan Storage Battery Co Ltd | Nonaqueous electrolytic secondary battery |
JPH1069922A (en) * | 1996-08-27 | 1998-03-10 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Non-aqueous electrolyte lithium secondary battery |
JPH11154513A (en) * | 1997-09-19 | 1999-06-08 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery and negative electrode thereof |
JP2001507043A (en) * | 1997-07-25 | 2001-05-29 | アセップ・インク | Ionic compounds with delocalized anionic charge and their use as ionic conductive components or catalysts |
JP2001266878A (en) * | 2000-03-21 | 2001-09-28 | Nippon Steel Corp | Negative electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery and lithium ion secondary battery |
JP2002203562A (en) * | 2000-12-28 | 2002-07-19 | Toshiba Corp | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP2002523879A (en) * | 1998-08-25 | 2002-07-30 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Cyano-substituted methide and amide salts |
WO2006115023A1 (en) * | 2005-04-19 | 2006-11-02 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Nonaqueous electrolyte solution, electrochemical energy storage device using same, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
-
2014
- 2014-09-25 WO PCT/JP2014/004911 patent/WO2015045387A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS6036315A (en) * | 1983-08-10 | 1985-02-25 | Toray Ind Inc | Carbon fiber structure and secondary battery using it |
JPH07320783A (en) * | 1991-01-25 | 1995-12-08 | Japan Storage Battery Co Ltd | Nonaqueous electrolytic secondary battery |
JPH1069922A (en) * | 1996-08-27 | 1998-03-10 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Non-aqueous electrolyte lithium secondary battery |
JP2001507043A (en) * | 1997-07-25 | 2001-05-29 | アセップ・インク | Ionic compounds with delocalized anionic charge and their use as ionic conductive components or catalysts |
JPH11154513A (en) * | 1997-09-19 | 1999-06-08 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery and negative electrode thereof |
JP2002523879A (en) * | 1998-08-25 | 2002-07-30 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Cyano-substituted methide and amide salts |
JP2001266878A (en) * | 2000-03-21 | 2001-09-28 | Nippon Steel Corp | Negative electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery and lithium ion secondary battery |
JP2002203562A (en) * | 2000-12-28 | 2002-07-19 | Toshiba Corp | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
WO2006115023A1 (en) * | 2005-04-19 | 2006-11-02 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Nonaqueous electrolyte solution, electrochemical energy storage device using same, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
RYO YAEGASHI: "Yobai Bunshi no Haii Jotai Seigyo ni yoru Yuki Yoeki no Shinkino Hatsugen", ABSTRACTS, THE 53RD BATTERY SYMPOSIUM IN JAPAN , THE COMMITTEE OF BATTERY TECHNOLOGY, 13 November 2012 (2012-11-13), pages 507 * |
Cited By (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2017022731A1 (en) * | 2015-07-31 | 2017-02-09 | 日立化成株式会社 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
CN107534186A (en) * | 2015-07-31 | 2018-01-02 | 日立化成株式会社 | Lithium rechargeable battery |
US20180204686A1 (en) * | 2015-08-04 | 2018-07-19 | Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd. | Negative electrode active material for power storage device |
US10522299B2 (en) * | 2015-08-04 | 2019-12-31 | Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd. | Negative electrode active material for power storage device |
CN108140894A (en) * | 2015-10-05 | 2018-06-08 | 国立大学法人东京大学 | Has the manufacturing method of the secondary cell of overlay film in electrode surface |
US10797350B2 (en) | 2015-10-05 | 2020-10-06 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toyota Jidoshokki | Method for producing secondary battery including coating on electrode surface |
CN108140894B (en) * | 2015-10-05 | 2021-06-22 | 株式会社丰田自动织机 | Method for manufacturing secondary battery having coating film on electrode surface |
WO2017179411A1 (en) * | 2016-04-15 | 2017-10-19 | 国立大学法人東京大学 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11011781B2 (en) | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery | |
KR101901676B1 (en) | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery | |
JP5965445B2 (en) | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery | |
KR101967677B1 (en) | Nonaqueous secondary battery | |
JP5967781B2 (en) | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery | |
JP2016167408A (en) | Electrolyte | |
WO2015045387A1 (en) | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery | |
JP5817009B1 (en) | Non-aqueous secondary battery | |
WO2015045389A1 (en) | Electrolyte solution for electricity storage devices such as batteries and capacitors containing salt, wherein alkali metal, alkaline earth metal or aluminum serves as cations, and organic solvent having hetero element, method for producing same, and capacitor provided with said electrolyte solution | |
JP6575022B2 (en) | Electrolytic solution containing a salt having alkali metal, alkaline earth metal or aluminum as a cation and an organic solvent having a hetero element | |
JP5965444B2 (en) | Non-aqueous secondary battery | |
JP6437399B2 (en) | Non-aqueous secondary battery | |
WO2015045386A1 (en) | Nonaqueous secondary battery | |
JP5817004B2 (en) | Lithium ion secondary battery | |
JP5817001B2 (en) | Non-aqueous secondary battery | |
JP5817002B2 (en) | Non-aqueous secondary battery | |
WO2015045393A1 (en) | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery | |
JP5817003B2 (en) | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery | |
JP5817006B1 (en) | Non-aqueous secondary battery | |
JP5965446B2 (en) | Power storage device | |
JP2016189340A (en) | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery | |
JP5817008B1 (en) | Non-aqueous secondary battery | |
JP5817007B1 (en) | Non-aqueous secondary battery |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 201480053195.4 Country of ref document: CN |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 14848238 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 15024415 Country of ref document: US |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 112014004442 Country of ref document: DE Ref document number: 1120140044423 Country of ref document: DE |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20167010615 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 14848238 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |